You are on page 1of 359

Training Program Worldwide

Technical Training

Global Training – The finest automotive learning.

Stand 08/2016 1
TECHNICAL TRAINING 15
Overall Vehicle 15
T0999E • Vans • Overall Vehicle • Vito Model Series 447 • e-Training • Go 15
T1008F • Vans • Overall Vehicle • Vito Model Series 447 • For Service Advisors • Go 16
T1011F • Vans • Overall Vehicle • Vito Model Series 447 • Go 17
T0804E • Passenger Cars, Vans • Overall Vehicle • V-Class Model Series 447 • e-Training • Go 18
T0803F • Passenger Cars, Vans • Overall Vehicle • V-Class Model Series 447 • Go 19
T0915F • Passenger Cars, Vans • Overall Vehicle • V-Class Model Series 447 for Service Advisors • Go 20
Antriebsstrang und Fahrwerk$6$Powertrain and Chassis 21
T1602F • Trucks • Diagnosis strategy • On-board electrical system & networking • Go 21
T1607E • Qualification Program • 2017 • Drivetrain & Suspension System Technician • Initial Test • Go 22
Bodywork 23
T1633Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Body Technician 23
T1654E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Body Technician • Initial Test 24
T1659Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Body Specialist 25
T1655E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Body Specialist • Initial Test 26
T1473F • Passenger Cars • Accident Repair • Automotive Appraisers and Managerial Staff at Body
Centers • Run 27
T1576F • Passenger Cars • Accident Repair • MRA Platform Based on the E-Class (Model Series 213) •
Run 28
T1504F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 7 • Fly 29
T1505F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 8 • Fly 30
T1506F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 9 • Fly 31
T1578F • Passenger Cars • Roof and Soft Top Systems • Soft Top, Repair, Adjustment and Diagnosis
(Model Series 205/217) • Run 32
T1574F • Passenger Cars • Roof and Soft Top Systems • Hardtop, Repair, Adjustment and Diagnosis
(Model Series 172/231) • Run 33
T1577F • Passenger Cars • Equipment • MRA Platform Based on the E-Class (Model Series 213) • Run 34
T1515F • smart • Soft Top Systems • Model Series 453 • Run 35
Chassis and Active Safety 36
T1635Q • Qualification Program • 2017 • Suspension System Technician 36
T1634E • Qualification Program • 2017 • Suspension System Technician • Initial Test • Go 37
T1595F • Brake Systems • Global ABS and electronic brake system (EBS) • Run 38
T1441E • Qualification Program • 2016 • Suspension System Technician • Initial Test • Go 39
T1463Q • Qualification Program • 2016 • Suspension System Technician 40
T1442E • Qualification Program • 2016 • Suspension System Technician • Final Test • Go 41

Stand 08/2016 2
Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 42
T1518F • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Diagnosis on telematics and comfort systems • Fly 42
T1517F • Passenger Cars • Climate Control Systems • Focus on the E-Class (W213) with New Refrigerant
(ECE) and New Features on Other Model Series • Run 43
T1651F • Passenger Cars • Climate Control Systems • Focus on the S-Class (W222) with New Refrigerant
(R744) and New Features on Other Model Series • Run 45
T1354F • Passenger Cars • Supplemental Restraint Systems • Restraint, Knee, Airbag and Safety Systems •
Run 46
T1356Q • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Comfort and Safety System Technician 47
T1598F • Drive authorization/locking systems and passive safety systems • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego
Euro VI standard (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run 48
T1599E • Drive Authorization and Locking Systems • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI (Model Series
963, 964, 967) • e-Training • Go 49
Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 50
T1625Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Telecommunications/Comfort and Passive
Safety System Technicians 50
T1626E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Telecommunications/Comfort and Passive
Safety System Technician • Initial Test • Go 51
T1495E • Vans • Qualification Program • 2016 • Comfort, Passive Safety and Telecommunications System
Technician • Initial Test 52
T1496F • Vans • Comfort and Climate Control Systems • Function, Operation and Diagnosis • Go 53
T1501F • Vans • Comfort Systems and Telecommunications • Expert Training • Run 54
T1503F • Vans • Comfort Systems and Telecommunications • Tips and Tricks, Latest Features and
Modifications, Exchange of Experiences for Service Advisors • Go 55
T1611F • Vans • Diagnosis strategy • On-board electrical system & networking • Go 56
T1499F • Vans • On-Board Electrical System Management and Networking • Comfort Systems and
Telecommunications • Function, Diagnosis and Repair • Go 57
T1497F • Vans • Drive Authorization and Locking Systems • Function, Operation and Diagnosis • Go 58
T1500F • Vans • Telematics • Function, Operation and Diagnosis • Go 59
T1560E • Vans • Mercedes me Vans • e-Training • Go 60
T1563F • Vans • Mercedes me Vans • Go 61
Diagnosis Engineering 62
T1009Q • Passenger Cars • Certification program • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician 62
T1529F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Fly 64
T1428F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training 2016
(Model Series 93x) • Fly 65
T1604F • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Further Training 2017 • Fly 66
Fundamentals 67
T1623F • Passenger Cars • Electrical System • Fundamentals • Go 67
T1444F • Electrical System • Fundamentals • Go 68
T1640F • Overall Vehicle • Overseas • Actros, Arocs (Model Series 963, 964) • Run 69
T1443F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Product Technology Basics • Maintenance and Service • Go 70
T1513Q • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016, 2017 • Maintenance Technician 71
T1468E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016, 2017 • Maintenance Technician • Initial Test • Go 72
T1474E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016 • Maintenance Technician • Final Test • Go 73

Stand 08/2016 3
FUSO Canter 74
P0153F • FUSO • Service Operating Processes • ASCENT (After-Sales Central) • Run 74
Komfort und Telekommunikation$6$Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications 75
T1602F • Trucks • Diagnosis strategy • On-board electrical system & networking • Go 75
Maintenance 76
T1627Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Maintenance Technician 76
T1656F • Maintenance and Service • Go 77
T1487E • Vans • Qualification Program • 2016 • Maintenance Technician • Initial Test • Go 78
T1486F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Product Technology • Maintenance and Service • Go 79
Mercedes-Benz Service24h 80
V0156E • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Organization, breakdown case processing and customer-oriented
behavior at the breakdown location • Initial test • Go 80
V0157E • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Organization, breakdown case processing and customer-
oriented behavior at the breakdown location • Initial test • Go 81
V0158P • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Organization, breakdown case processing and customer-
oriented behavior at the breakdown location • Go 82
S0472E • Trucks • Market Launch • Product and Service Innovations 2016/2017 • AKUBIS®
direct sales • Go 84
On-board Electrical System, Bus System 85
T1620F • Passenger Cars, smart, FUSO • Diagnosis strategy • Part 1 • Go 85
T1611F • Vans • Diagnosis strategy • On-board electrical system & networking • Go 86
Overall Vehicle 87
T1624F • Passenger Cars, smart • Electrical System • High-Voltage Product Qualification for Newcomers
• Go 87
T1632F • smart • Innovations and customer contact • Telematics, e-Mobility and BRABUS • Current topics
on model series 453 for service advisors • Go 89
T1430F • Vans • Overall Vehicle • Marco Polo and Marco Polo Activity Model Series 447 • Go 90
T1609F • Vans • Market Launch • VS 40 for service advisors • Go 91
T1612F • Vans • Parameterizable Special Module • Model Series 639 Vito/Viano, Model Series 906
Sprinter, Model Series 447 V-Class/Vito • Run 92
T1614E • Vans • Mercedes me • B2B • e-Training • Go 93
T1615F • Vans • Mercedes me • B2B • Go 94
T1631F • AMG • Overall Vehicle • Mercedes AMG C-Class (Model Series 205) • Diagnosis and Repair •
Run 95
Powertrain 96
T1637Q • Qualification Program • 2017 • Drivetrain System Technician 96
T1636E • Qualification Program • 2017 • Drive Train System Technician • Initial Test • Go 97
T1510F • Diesel Engines • OM654 • Diagnosis and Repair • Run 98
T1653F • Gasoline and Diesel Engines • Exchange of experience • Fly 99
T1658F • Manual Transmissions • FSG310 • Diagnosis and Repair • Run 100
T1657F • Gasoline Engines • M177 and M178 • Diagnosis and Repair • Fly 101
T1596F • All-Wheel Systems • Hydraulic auxiliary drive (HAD) • Run 102

Stand 08/2016 4
Powertrain and Chassis 103
T1611F • Vans • Diagnosis strategy • On-board electrical system & networking • Go 103
T1502F • Vans • Drivetrain and Suspension • Tips and tricks, latest innovations, exchange of experiences for
Service Advisors • Go 104
T1494F • Vans • Drivetrain and Suspension • Expert Training • Run 105
T1488E • Vans • Qualification Program • 2016 • Drivetrain and Suspension System Technician • Initial Test •
Go 106
T1490F • Vans • Gasoline Engines • Function, Diagnosis and Repair • Go 107
T1489F • Vans • Diesel Engines • Function, Diagnosis and Repair • Go 108
T1491F • Vans • Transmission • Manual and Automatic Transmission, Differential and All-Wheel Drive •
Function, Diagnosis and Repair • Go 109
T1492F • Vans • Suspension and Driving Assistance Systems • Function, Operation and Diagnosis • Go 110
T1493F • Vans • On-Board Electrical System Management and Networking • Drivetrain and Suspension,
Function, Diagnosis and Repair • Go 111
T1603F • Diagnosis strategy • On-Board Electrical System & Networking • Drive & Suspension • Go 112
Service Advisors and Workshop Manager 113
T1520F • Telematics • Truck Connected • Run 113
T1639F • Telematics • Active customer management with MB Uptime • Run 114
S0472E • Trucks • Market Launch • Product and Service Innovations 2016/2017 • AKUBIS® direct sales •
Go 115
Telecommunications 116
T1516F • Passenger Cars • Telematics • E-Class Model Series 213 • Innovations • Run 116
T1347F • smart • On-Board Electrical System, Telematics and Innovations • Run 117
T1469F • Trucks • Telematics • FleetBoard • Fly 118
T1470F • Trucks • Telematics • Run 119
T1498Q • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016 • Telecommunications System Technician 120
T1471E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016 • Telecommunications System Technician • Initial Test
• Go 121
T1472E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016 • Telecommunications System Technician • Final Test
• Go 122
T1597E • Trucks • Telematics • FleetBoard • e-Training • Go 123
T1601E • Qualification Program • 2017 • Comfort & Telecommunications System Technician • Initial Test •
Go 124
Mercedes-Benz Service24h 125
V0088P • Passenger Cars, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Organization, breakdown case
processing and customer-oriented behavior at the breakdown location • Go 125
V0100E • Passenger Cars, Vans, Trucks • Roadside Assistance • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • e-Training
• Go 127
T0158F • Vans • Qualification Program • Mercedes-Benz Service 24h • Run 128
V0089P • Vans, Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Organization, Breakdown Case Processing and
Customer-oriented Behavior at the Breakdown Location • Go 129
T1087F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Damage Diagnosis and Repair • Supplementary Information
for Major Assemblies and Special Vehicles • Run 130
Overall Vehicle 131
T0459F • Passenger Cars, smart • Overall Vehicle • Roadside Assistance, on-site repairs, tips & support •
Run 131

Stand 08/2016 5
Fundamentals 132
T1158F • Passenger Cars • Overall Vehicle • Basic Knowledge for New Service Advisors without Technical
Qualification • Go 132
T0219F • Passenger Cars • Electrical System • Level I • Go 133
T0220F • Passenger Cars • Electrical System • Level II • Go 134
T0221F • Passenger Cars • Electrical System • Level III • Go 135
T1316Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence for System
Technicians • Run 136
T1084E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence for
System Technicians • Initial Test • Go 137
T1315E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence for System
Technicians • Final Test • Go 138
V0131E • Passenger Cars, smart • Qualification Program • Technical Fundamentals for Non-Technical Job
Profiles • Initial Test 139
T0119F • Vans • Alternative Drives • Product Qualification of the Vito E-CELL • Go 140
T1057F • Trucks • Overall Vehicle • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) •
Run 141
T0146F • Trucks • Actros Road Vehicle • Go 142
T0141F • Trucks • ZETROS Off-Road Trucks • Run 143
T0945F • Trucks • Overall Vehicle • Econic Model Series 956 • Go 144
T1058F • Trucks • Special-Purpose Vehicles • Heavy-Duty Truck Model Series 964 • Go 145
T1261Q • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence for System
Technicians 146
T1266E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence for System
Technicians • Initial Test • Go 147
T1267E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence for System
Technicians • Final Test • Go 148
Maintenance 149
T0216F • Passenger Cars • Maintenance Service • Go 149
T0694F • Passenger Cars • Maintenance Service • New types • New Features and Modifications • Run 150
T0213F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Product Technology • Maintenance and Service • Go 151
T0389F • smart • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit • Go 152

Stand 08/2016 6
On-board Electrical System, Bus System 153
T0004F • Passenger Cars, Vans, Trucks, smart • Diagnosis Strategy 1 • Go 153
T0514F • Passenger Cars • On-Board Electrical and Bus Systems • Run 154
T0445E • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of SDconnect with On-Board Electrical and Bus Systems •
e-Training • Go 155
T0788F • Passenger Cars • Wiring Harness Repair • Go 156
T0250F • Vans • System Networking and Instrumentation • Sprinter BR 906, Vito/Viano BR 639 • Run 157
T0795F • Vans • System Networking and Instrumentation • Sprinter Facelift, Vito/Viano, Citan (Model
Series 906, 639, 415) • Run 158
T1306F • Vans • System Networking and Instrumentation • New V-Class and New Vito (Model Series 447) •
Run 159
T0254F • Vans • Parameterizable Special Module (PSM) • Vito and Viano BR 639, Sprinter BR 906 • Run 160
T0253F • Vans • Practice-Oriented Supplementary Training on the Parameterizable Special Module (PSM) •
Sprinter (BR 906) and Vito, Viano • Run 161
T0244F • Trucks • On-board Electrical Systems, System Networking, Instrumentation • Actros, Axor, Atego •
Run 162
T1028F • Trucks • System Networking and Instrumentation • Actros, Antos, Arocs, Atego Euro VI (Model
Series 963, 964, 967) • Run 163
Service Advisors and Workshop Manager 164
S0403E • Passenger Cars • Product Expertise • New Features and Modifications for NTG 5.5 • e-Training
• Go 164
S0311E • Passenger Cars • Product Expertise • New Features and Modifications for NTG 5 • e-Training
• Go 165
T1026F • Trucks • Product Knowledge for Service Advisors • Run 166
T1025F • Trucks • Telematics • FleetBoard for Service Advisors • Internet Application • Run 167
T1082F • Trucks • Product Knowledge for Service Advisors • Powertrain and Suspension • Actros, Arocs,
Atego Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run 168

Stand 08/2016 7
Diagnosis Engineering 169
T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Diagnostic
Strategy 2 • Run 169
T0372Q • smart • Qualification Program 170
T1054Q • smart • Certification Program • 2016 • Certified Diagnostic Technician 171
T1010F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Initial Test 173
T0992F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical Components, Comfort and Telematics • Run 174
T1401F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Run 175
T0797F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test preparation • Run 176
T0995F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test • Run 177
T0944F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • smart BR 453 • Further Training • Fly 178
T1012F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test • Go 179
T1278F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Electrical Components,
Comfort and Telematics • Run 181
T1002F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical Components,
Comfort and Telematics • Run 182
T0981F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Drivetrain • M276 DEH LA and
OM642 LS • Run 183
T0982F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Suspension • Run 184
T1015F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Test preparation • Run 185
T1016F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Test • Run 186
T1241F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • E-Class Model Series 213 •
Further Training • Fly 187
T0983Q • Vans • Certification Program • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician 188
T0986F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test • Go 189
T0988F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Run 190
T0989F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Suspension • Run 191
T0990F • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Test preparation • Run 192
T0991F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test • Run 193
T1206F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training • Fly 194
T1037F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training • Fly 195
T0948F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training • Fly 196
T1402F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training • Fly 197
T1153F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training • Fly 198
T0985Q • Trucks • Certification program • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician 199
T0943F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical Components, Comfort,
Telematics • Run 200

Stand 08/2016 8
T0942F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Run 201
T0941F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Suspension • Run 202
T0947F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Fly 203
T0523F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model Series 963 • Initial
Test • Go 204
T0524F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Actros Model Series
96x • Run 206
T0525F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Suspension • Actros Model Series
96x • Run 207
T0528F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Actros Model Series 963 • Test
Preparation • Run 208
T0529F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model Series 963 • Test • Run 209
T1154F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training 2015 (Model Series
93x) • Fly 210
T1207F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training 2016 (Model Series
96x) • Fly 211
T1038F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training • Fly 212

Overall Vehicle 213


T0890E • Passenger Cars • System Technician • Knowledge Check • Go 213
T1423F • Passenger Cars, smart • Electrical System • High-Voltage Product Qualification for Newcomers
• Go 214
T1192F • Passenger Cars • Alternative Drives • Manual Power Disable of the HV On-Board Electrical
System and New HV Tests • Fly 216
T1252Q • FUSO • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016, 2017 • Fuso Technician • Run 218
T1247F • FUSO • Overall Vehicle • Canter TF • Welcome to Canter World • Go 219
T0780F • FUSO • Overall Vehicle • Canter TF BR 468 • Go 220
T1126F • FUSO • Overall Vehicle • Canter Eco • Hybrid High-Voltage Product Qualification • Run 221
T0768F • FUSO • Diesel Engines • Engine Model Series 4P10, Euro 5/6 from Facelift TF1 • Run 222
T1248E • Trucks • Overall Vehicle • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964,
967) • e-Training • Go 223
T1330F • Vans, Trucks • Special Training • Run 224
T0389F • smart • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit • Go 225
T1138F • Vans • Overall Vehicle • Sprinter BR 906 • Go 226
T0980F • Vans • Overall Vehicle • Sprinter Model Series 909 • Go 227
T0426E • Vans • Citan • e-Training • Go 228
T1271F • Vans • Parameterizable Special Module • Model Series 447 V-Class and Vito • Run 229
T1039F • FUSO • Transmissions • Repair of DUONIC® transmission and system diagnoses • Run 230
T0433F • FUSO • Electric • Canter TF • On-board electrical system, system networking, retrofitting • Run 231
T1386F • AMG • Service Performance Initiative • Advanced • Fly 232

Stand 08/2016 9
Powertrain 233
T0103E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Systems in Motor Vehicles – Awareness •
e-Training • Go 233
T0001F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Qualification for Motor Vehicles • Go 234
T1041E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 • Drivetrain System Technician • Initial
Test • Go 236
T1033Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 • Drivetrain System Technician 237
T1085E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 • Drivetrain System Technician • Final
Test • Fly 238
T1386F • AMG • Service Performance Initiative • Advanced • Fly 239
T0081E • Passenger Cars • Current CDI Engines • e-Training • Go 240
T0874E • Passenger Cars • Diesel Engines • OM607 • e-Training • Run 241
T1106F • Passenger Cars • Diesel Engines • OM626 • Diagnosis and Repair • Run 242
T1004F • Passenger Cars • Diesel Engines • Emphasis on the OM607, OM651 and OM642 • Diagnosis • Fly243
T1005F • Passenger Cars • Gasoline and diesel engines • Diagnosis and Repair • Run 244
T1080F • Passenger Cars • Gasoline and Diesel Engines • Innovations • Fly 245
T0841E • Passenger Cars • 6-/8-Cylinder Gasoline Engines • M276 and M278 • e-Training • Go 246
T0873E • Passenger Cars • 4-Cylinder Gasoline Engines • M270 and M274 • e-Training • Go 247
T0351F • AMG • Gasoline Engines • M156 and M159 • Diagnosis and Repair • Fly 248
T1003F • Passenger Cars • Gasoline Engines • Emphasis on the M270, M274, M276 and M278 •
Diagnosis • Fly 249
T1071F • AMG • Gasoline Engines • M177, M178, C63 and C43 • Diagnosis and Repair • Fly 250
T0489F • AMG • Gasoline Engines and Automatic Transmissions • M152, M157, M279 and 722.9 •
Diagnosis and Repair • Fly 251
T0773F • AMG • Gasoline Engines • M133 • Run 252
T0976F • Passenger Cars • Gaseous Fuel Engines • M270 CNG • Run 253
T0078E • AMG • Powertrain C197 • Dual Clutch Transmission • e-Training • Run 254
T0888E • Passenger Cars • 9-Speed Automatic Transmission (725.0) • e-Training • Run 255
T1036F • Passenger Cars • 9-Speed Automatic Transmission (725.0) • Diagnosis and Repair • Run 256
T1006F • Passenger Cars • Automatic Transmissions and All-Wheel Drive • Diagnosis and Repair • Run 257
T1107F • AMG • Automatic Transmission • 700.4 • Diagnosis and Repair • Run 258
T0834E • Passenger Cars • Automatic Transmission • (724.0) 7-GDCT - e-Training • Run 259
T0491F • Passenger Cars • Automatic transmission (724.0-7G-DCT) • Diagnosis and repair • Run 260
T0347F • Passenger Cars • Automatic and Manual Transmission • Innovations • Fly 261
T0039E • Passenger Cars • Manual Transmissions • e-Test • Run 262
T1001F • Passenger Cars • Manual Transmissions • Diagnosis and Repair • Run 263
T0782F • Passenger Cars • Manual Transmissions • Diagnosis, Repair • Run 264
T0840F • smart • smart fortwo electric drive Model Series 451 • Go 265
T1320F • smart • Engines and Transmissions • Drivetrain • BR 453 • Run 266
T0182F • Vans • Automatic Transmission • Sprinter BR 906, Vito and Viano BR 639 • Run 267
T0184F • Vans • Manual Transmissions TSG 360, TSG 480 and Axle Drive BM 741 • Run 268
T0270F • Vans • Sprinter • Natural Gas Technology (NGT) and Liquefied Gas Technology (LGT) • Run 269
T1048F • Vans • Gasoline Engines • Citan BR 415 and Sprinter BR 906 Facelift • Run 270
T1056F • Vans • Diesel Engines • OM607, OM651, OM642 • Run 271
T1067F • Vans • Diesel Engines and Manual Transmissions • Citan BR 415 and Sprinter BR 906 •
Modifications and New Features • Run 272
T1270F • Vans • Diesel Engines and Transmissions • Model Series 447 Engine OM622 and Manual
Transmission FSG350 • Run 273

Stand 08/2016 10
T0756F • Vans • Drivetrain OM607 and Manual Transmission • Citan • Run 274
T1297E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Drivetrain System Technician • Initial Test • Go 275
T1296E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Drivetrain System Technician • Final Test • Go 276
T0429F • Trucks • Gaseous Fuel Engines • Natural gas engine OM906 LAG • Run 277
T0294F • Trucks • Telligent® Engine Systems • Model Series 900, 457, 500 • Run 278
T1254F • Trucks • Parameterizable Special Module • Basic Parameterizations • Run 279
T0256F • Trucks • Parameterizable Special Module (PSM) • Run 280
T0430F • Trucks • Parameterization • Actros Model Series 963 • Run 281
T1250F • Trucks • Parameterizable Special Module • Parameterizing Complex Bodies • Fly 282
T0101E • Trucks • New Star of Long-Distance Transport • Engine Management BR 471 • e-Training • Go 283
T0754F • Trucks • Engine Management and Exhaust Aftertreatment • OM934, OM936, OM470, OM471
and OM473 • Run 284
T0753F • Trucks • Diesel Engines • OM936 and OM471 • Repair • Run 285
T1046F • Trucks • Gaseous Fuel Engines • Natural gas engine M 936 G in the Econic • Run 286
T0293F • Trucks • Mechanical Engine Components Repair • Model Series 900, 457, 500 • Run 287
T0269F • Trucks • Transmission Management • GS, EAS, Mercedes PowerShift • Run 288
T0266F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Range-Change Transmission • Run 289
T0778F • Trucks • Manual Gearshift Systems • The Actros for distribution and construction site transport
and the Atego Euro VI standard • Run 290
T0296F • Trucks • Transmission Management with Automated Shift • Actros Model Series 963 • Run 291
T1049F • Trucks • Transmission • G 140, G 141, G 211 • Repair • Run 292
T1221F • Trucks • Transmission • Shifting systems • Run 293
T1081F • Trucks • Engines and Transmissions • New Features and Modifications • Actros, Arocs, Atego
Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run 294

Stand 08/2016 11
Chassis and Active Safety 295
T0368Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 • Suspension System Technician 295
T0679E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 • Suspension System Technician •
Initial Test • Go 296
T0839E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 • Suspension System Technician •
Final Test • Fly 297
T0076E • Passenger Cars • Brake Control and Active Driving Assistance Systems • e-Training • Run 298
T0344F • Passenger Cars • Brake Control and Active Driving Assistance Systems • Fundamentals,
Diagnosis and Repair • Run 299
T0342F • Passenger Cars • Brake Control, Suspension and Active Driving Assistance Systems • New
features and modifications • Run 300
T1262F • Vans • Wheel Alignment • Citan Model Series 415, V-Class/Vito Model Series 447, Sprinter
Model Series 906 • Run 301
T1298Q • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Drivetrain System Technician 302
T1042F • Trucks • Chassis Systems • Steering Systems and Chassis Level Control System (CLCS) •
Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run 303
T0152F • Trucks • Chassis Systems • ASA (Additional Steering Axle) and CLCS (Chassis Level Control
System) • Actros BR 963 • Run 304
T0151F • Trucks • Air Brake Systems • Go 305
T1043F • Trucks • Brake Systems • Air Brake Systems • Run 306
T0150F • Trucks • Telligent® Brake System BS2 • Run 307
T0149F • Trucks • Telligent® level control system (NR) • Run 308
T1263F • Trucks • Vehicle Alignment • Actros, Antos Model Series 963, Arocs Model Series 964, Atego
Model Series 967 • Run 309
T0762F • Trucks • Electronic Brake System (EBS) • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI (Model Series
963, 964, 967) • Run 310
T1400E • Trucks • Brake Systems • e-Training • Go 311

Stand 08/2016 12
Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems 312
T1156E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Comfort and Safety System Technician •
Initial Test • Go 312
T1121F • Passenger Cars • Comfort and Climate Control Systems • C-Class Model Series 205, GLE Facelift
Model Series 166 and GLE Coupe Model Series 292 • Innovations • Run 313
T1273E • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Comfort • Diagnosing Telematics and Comfort Systems •
e-Training • Run 314
T0092E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • Air Conditioning Systems • e-Training • Go 315
T0819F • Passenger Cars • Air Conditioning Systems and Auxiliary Heaters • Emphasis on the S-Class
(W/V222), A-Class and B-Class (W176, W246) • Run 316
T0447F • Passenger Cars • Diagnosis of Comfort and Climate Control Systems • Fly 317
T0454F • Passenger Cars, Vans • New Drive Authorization System DAS 4 • Key Programming • Run 318
T1124F • Passenger Cars • Comfort and Climate Control Systems • Drive Authorization Systems •
Operation, Diagnosis and Repair • Run 319
T0239F • Trucks • Heating and Climate Control • Run 320
T1357E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Comfort and Safety System Technician • Final
Test • Go 321
T1068F • Trucks • Climate Control Systems • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI standard (Model
Series 963, 964, 967) • Run 322
T0243F • Trucks • Drive Authorization and Locking Systems • Actros, Axor • Run 323
T1055F • Trucks • Drive authorization and locking systems • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI
(model series 963, 964, 967) • Run 324
T1078F • Trucks • Equipment • Cab, Interior and Exterior • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI
(Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run 325
Telecommunications 326
T1157E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Telecommunications System
Technician • Initial Test • Go 326
T1301Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015/2016 • Telecommunications • Run 327
T1120F • Passenger Cars • Telematics • C-Class Model Series 205 and S-Class Coupe Model Series
217 • Innovations • Run 328
T1292E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015 • Telecommunication Systems Technician
• Final Test • Run 329
T1273E • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Comfort • Diagnosing Telematics and Comfort Systems •
e-Training • Run 330
T0833E • Passenger Cars • Telecommunications Systems • e-Training • Go 331
T0822F • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Telecommunications Systems • Go 332
T0455F • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Diagnosis of the NTG 4.5 and Current Telematics Systems • Fly 333
T1024F • Trucks • Telematics • Fly 334
T1389E • Trucks, Vans • Telematics • e-Training • Go 335

Stand 08/2016 13
Bodywork 336
T1161E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • Body Specialists • Initial Test • Go 336
T1308Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Body Specialist • Run 337
T1305E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015/2016 • Body Specialist • Final Test • Run 338
T1127F • Passenger Cars • Accident Repair • A-, B-, GLA- and CLA-Class (Model Series 176, 246, 167,
117) • Run 339
T0849F • Passenger Cars • Accident Repair • S-Class (W/V 222,W217) • Fly 340
T0458E • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of Body Accident Repair • e-Training • Go 341
T0365F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding 1 • Run 342
T0463F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding 2 • Fly 343
T0513F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 1 • Fly 344
T0518F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 2 • Fly 345
T0530F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 3 • Fly 346
T0854F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 4 • Fly 347
T0906F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 5 • Fly 348
T0909F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 6 • Fly 349
T0846F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Further Training 1 • Fly 350
T1345F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Further Training 2 • Fly 351
T1104F • Passenger Cars • Equipment • Interior and Exterior Equipment in the A-, B-, GLA- and CLA-Class
(Model Series 176, 246, 167, 117) • Run 352
T0851F • Passenger Cars • Interior and Exterior Equipment • S-Class Model Series W222, W217 • Fly 353
T0911F • Passenger Cars • Damage diagnosis • Accident repair • Run 354
T1000F • Passenger Cars • Joining Technology • Run 355
T1274F • Vans • Accident Repair and Equipment • V-Class and Vito Model Series 447 • Run 356
Paint 357
T1098F • Passenger Cars • Quality Post-Repair Refinishing • Mercedes-Benz-Specific Topics • Run 357
T0283F • Passenger Cars • Damage Diagnosis for Mercedes-Benz High-Quality Paint Repair • For Service
Advisors • Fly 358
FUSO Canter 359
T1245E • FUSO • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016, 2017 • Fuso Technicians • Initial Test • Go 359

Stand 08/2016 14
Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T0999E • Vans • Overall Vehicle • Vito Model Series 447 • e-Training • Go
Course Number T0999E-AA

Target group System Technician, Service Advisor

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the innovations in the most important technical systems, components and
major assemblies
> Communicate innovations in a customer-friendly manner
Contents Description of the individual systems and an overview of the arrangement, design and
basic functions of the technical innovations, including:
> Engines
> Exhaust aftertreatment
> Vehicle electrical components, on-board electrical system and networking
> Comfort and safety systems
> Telecommunications
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Duration 1,0 hours

Stand 08/2016 15
Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T1008F • Vans • Overall Vehicle • Vito Model Series 447 • For Service Advisors • Go
Course Number T1008F-AA

Target group Service Advisor

Objectives The participant can:


> Operate the new systems in the vehicle and explain how they work
> State the sales features for the new vehicle in conjunction with service
> Describe retrofits and accessories
Contents > Introduction to the new Vito model series 447
> Operation and design of new systems
> Retrofitting and accessories
> Service arguments
Mandatory prerequisite T0999E • Vans • Overall Vehicle • Vito Model Series 447 • e-Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 16
Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T1011F • Vans • Overall Vehicle • Vito Model Series 447 • Go
Course Number T1011F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Operate the new systems in the vehicle and explain how they work
> Perform initial repair work on the new systems in accordance with the manufacturer's
specifications
> Perform initial diagnosis steps on the systems
Contents > Functions of the new systems: drivetrain, comfort, safety and telecommunications
> Operation of new systems
> Maintenance and repair
> Diagnosis
>1> Special considerations for service
Mandatory prerequisite T0999E • Vans • Overall Vehicle • Vito Model Series 447 • e-Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 17
Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T0804E • Passenger Cars, Vans • Overall Vehicle • V-Class Model Series 447 • e-
Training • Go
Course Number T0804E-AA

Target group System Technician, Service Advisor

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the innovations in the most important technical systems, components and
major assemblies
> Communicate innovations in a customer-friendly manner
Contents Description of the individual systems and an overview of the arrangement, design and
basic functions of the technical innovations, including:
> Engines
> Exhaust aftertreatment
> Vehicle electrical components, on-board electrical system and networking
> Comfort and safety systems
> Telecommunications
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Duration 1,3 hours

Stand 08/2016 18
Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T0803F • Passenger Cars, Vans • Overall Vehicle • V-Class Model Series 447 • Go
Course Number T0803F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Operate the new systems in the vehicle and explain how they work
> Perform initial repair work on the new systems in accordance with the manufacturer's
specifications
> Perform initial diagnosis steps required to repair the systems
Contents Repair procedures:
> Functions of the new systems: drivetrain, comfort, safety and telecommunications
> Operation of these systems
> Maintenance and repair
> Diagnosis
> Special considerations for service
Mandatory prerequisite T0804E • Passenger Cars, Vans • Overall Vehicle • V-Class Model Series 447 • e-
Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 19
Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T0915F • Passenger Cars, Vans • Overall Vehicle • V-Class Model Series 447 for Ser-
vice Advisors • Go
Course Number T0915F-AA

Target group Service Advisor

Objectives The participant can:


> Operate the new systems in the vehicle and explain how they work
> State the service-related sales arguments for the new vehicle
> Describe retrofits and accessories
Contents > Introduction to the new Viano
> Operation and structure of the new systems
> Retrofitting and accessories
> Service arguments
Mandatory prerequisite T0804E • Passenger Cars, Vans • Overall Vehicle • V-Class Model Series 447 • e-
Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 60%, Practice40%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 20
Chapter Technical Training
Department Antriebsstrang und Fahrwerk$6$Powertrain and Chassis
Title T1602F • Trucks • Diagnosis strategy • On-board electrical system & networking • Go
Course Number T1602F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, System Technician Driving Stability , System Technician
Comfort and Safety , System Technician Telecommunication
Objectives The participant can:
> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnostic strategy
> Develop a diagnostic strategy based on the level model
> Apply the current diagnostic equipment and diagnostic aids and evaluate their results
and develop them further
> Describe the various fault types and their effects
> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and targeted manner
> Describe the design of on-board electrical systems, the bus systems used and the
related basic functions in the new truck model series
> Describe the functions and interaction between the different subsystems and perform
diagnostic work on these components
> Connect accessories correctly to the new on-board electrical system
Contents > Diagnosis according to the level model
> Faults and fault types
> Application of the diagnostic aids (XENTRY, DAS, etc.)
> Practical work regarding diagnoses with and without fault codes
> Evaluating the on-board diagnosis

> Strategies and practical procedures when diagnosing complex electrical and electronic
systems
> On-board electrical system architecture and bus systems in the new truck model
series Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI standard (model series 96, 963, 964, 967)
> Work through current topics and diagnostic cases
Optional prerequisite The participant has good knowledge of Star Diagnosis and the HMS990 or has completed
the training course "T0179F • Trucks, Vans • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit
• Go".
The two CBTs "Successful troubleshooting with Logic and all Senses" T0635E (W4754)
and "Diagnostic Strategy, Future Level Model" T0673E (W4799) can be used as
preparation.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 21
Chapter Technical Training
Department Antriebsstrang und Fahrwerk$6$Powertrain and Chassis
Title T1607E • Qualification Program • 2017 • Drivetrain & Suspension System Technician •
Initial Test • Go
Course Number T1607E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence area
> An individual training plan is created for the competence area
> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path
Contents Theoretical test covering the following subjects:
> Engine management
> Transmission management
> Exhaust aftertreatment
> Electronic air processing unit (EAPU)
> Additional steering axle (ASA)
> Chassis Level Control System (CLCS)
> Electronic brake system (EBS)
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification series to become a Mercedes-Benz Drivetrain &
Suspension System Technician.
Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 22
Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T1633Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Body Technician
Course Number T1633Q-AA

Target group Bodywork Technician

Objectives Participant qualify as Body Technicians. Participants receive a certificate following


completion of the qualification program.
Contents
The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins
with the initial test.
Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)
you should book:

> T1633P-AA • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Body Technician •


Competency Analysis

> T0458E-AA • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of Body Accident Repair • e-Training •


Go
> T1000F-AA • Passenger Cars • Joining Technology • Run
> T1104F-AA • Passenger Cars • Equipment • Interior and Exterior Equipment in the A-,
B-, GLA- and CLA-Class (Model Series 176, 246, 167, 117) • Run
> T1127F-AA • Passenger Cars • Accident Repair • A-, B-, GLA- and CLA-Class (Model
Series 176, 246, 167, 117) • Run
> T1576F-AA • Passenger Cars • Accident Repair • MRA Platform Based on the E-Class
(Model Series 213) • Run
> T1577F-AA • Passenger Cars • Equipment • MRA Platform Based on the E-Class
(Model Series 213) • Run

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 5,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 23
Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T1654E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Body Technician • Initial
Test
Course Number T1654E-AA

Target group Bodywork Technician

Objectives > The participant's knowledge in the competence fields has been determined
> An individual qualification plan has been created for the competence field
> The participant and supervisor have been informed of the individual qualification path
Contents Theoretical test in the area of bodies.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 24
Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T1659Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Body Specialist
Course Number T1659Q-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives Participants qualify as Body Specialists. Participants receive a certificate following


completion of the qualification program.
Contents
The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins
with the initial test.
Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)
you should book:

> T1659P-AA • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Body Specialist •


Competency Analysis

> T0458E-AA • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of Body Accident Repair • e-Training •


Go
> T0849F-AA • Passenger Cars • Accident Repair • S-Class (W/V 222,W217) • Fly
> T0851F-AA • Passenger Cars • Interior and Exterior Equipment • S-Class Model
Series W222, W217 • Fly
> T0911F-AA • Passenger Cars • Damage diagnosis • Accident repair • Run
> T1574F-AA • Passenger Cars • Roof and Soft Top Systems • Hardtop, Repair,
Adjustment and Diagnosis (Model Series 172/231) • Run
> T1578F-AA • Passenger Cars • Roof and Soft Top Systems • Soft Top, Repair,
Adjustment and Diagnosis (Model Series 205/217) • Run

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 7,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 25
Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T1655E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Body Specialist • Initial
Test
Course Number T1655E-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives > The participant's knowledge in the competence fields has been determined
> An individual qualification plan has been created for the competence field
> The participant and supervisor have been informed of the individual qualification path
Contents Theoretical test in the area of bodies.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz body specialists.

Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 26
Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T1473F • Passenger Cars • Accident Repair • Automotive Appraisers and Managerial
Staff at Body Centers • Run
Course Number T1473F-AA

Target group Service Manager, User IT Systems , Customer Contact Personnel After-Sales , Manager ,
Service Advisor
Objectives Participant is familiar with:
> Mercedes-Benz Passenger Cars production locations
> Mercedes-Benz information sources
> Accident diagnosis
> Functions of Mercedes-Benz support systems
> Exchange criteria for vehicle components
> Accident-related repair solutions
> Special factory finishes
> Model series-specific information on the C-Class and S-Class (model series 205,
222/217)
Contents > MB Passenger Cars production locations
> Mercedes-Benz information sources
> Accident diagnosis
> Support systems
> Exchange criteria for vehicle components
> Accident-related repair solutions
> Special factory finishes
> Model series-specific information on the C-Class and S-Class (model series 205,
222/217)
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 27
Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T1576F • Passenger Cars • Accident Repair • MRA Platform Based on the E-Class
(Model Series 213) • Run
Course Number T1576F-AA

Target group Bodywork Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Name the design of the body structure for model series 205 and model series 213
> Describe common repairs and knows associated special considerations
> Name special considerations required for processing ultra-high-strength steels and
aluminum hybrid components during repairs
> State the scope of model-series-specific special tools
> Name the digital body measurement and diagnostic systems and the associated
damage diagnosis
> Name the recommended straightening systems
Contents > Body design of the E-Class model series 213 and C-Class model series 205
> Practical exercises for common repairs
> Repair concept requirements occasioned by ultra-high-strength steels and aluminum
hybrid construction
> Use of special tools
> Digital body measurement and diagnostic systems and the associated damage
diagnosis
> Body straightening systems
Mandatory prerequisite T0458E • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of Body Accident Repair • e-Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 28
Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T1504F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 7 • Fly
Course Number T1504F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist, Bodywork Technician

Objectives Successful 6-month proof of qualification for aluminum welding on Mercedes-Benz


vehicles.
Contents Creation of aluminum welding samples as per ISO 9606-2 and Mercedes-Benz-specific
standards.
Mandatory prerequisite T1345F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Further Training 2 • Fly
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Note The participant must bring:


- His/her "welding test certificate" from further training course T1345F
- His/her complete protective clothing (welding mask, safety shoes, jacket or overalls),
as it needs to be worn during the practical part of the course
- A materials package "QEV 111 AEYEGL TS Weld Specimen Material" for creating a work
sample

Upon successful completion of the tests in the "Aluminum Welding Further Training
Course 2" (T1345F), the participant will receive a certificate.
This certificate is valid for two years as long as the employee successfully participates in
the prescribed training courses "Aluminum Welding Work Sample 7, 8 and 9 • Fly" every
six months.

IMPORTANT! These work samples must be created personally in the welding institute in
the presence of qualified examiners/trainers. No other type of creation is permitted.
The training price includes all test fees.
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 29
Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T1505F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 8 • Fly
Course Number T1505F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist, Bodywork Technician

Objectives Successful 6-month proof of qualification for aluminum welding on Mercedes-Benz


vehicles.
Contents Creation of aluminum welding samples as per ISO 9606-2 and Mercedes-Benz-specific
standards.
Mandatory prerequisite T1504F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 7 • Fly
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Note The participant must bring:


- His/her "welding test certificate" from further training course T1345F
- His/her complete protective clothing (welding mask, safety shoes, jacket or overalls),
as it needs to be worn during the practical part of the course
- A materials package "QEV 111 AEYEGL TS Weld Specimen Material" for creating a work
sample

Upon successful completion of the tests in the "Aluminum Welding Further Training
Course 2" (T1345F), the participant will receive a certificate.
This certificate is valid for two years as long as the employee successfully participates in
the prescribed training courses "Aluminum Welding Work Sample 7, 8 and 9, • Fly" every
six months.

IMPORTANT! These work samples must be created personally in the welding institute in
the presence of qualified examiners/trainers. No other type of creation is permitted.
The training price includes all test fees.
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 30
Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T1506F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 9 • Fly
Course Number T1506F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist, Bodywork Technician

Objectives Successful 6-month proof of qualification for aluminum welding on Mercedes-Benz


vehicles.
Contents Creation of aluminum welding samples as per ISO 9606-2 and Mercedes-Benz-specific
standards.
Mandatory prerequisite T1505F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 8 • Fly
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Note The participant must bring:


- His/her "welding test certificate" from further training course T1345F
- His/her complete protective clothing (welding mask, safety shoes, jacket or overalls),
as it needs to be worn during the practical part of the course
- A materials package "QEV 111 AEYEGL TS Weld Specimen Material" for creating a work
sample

Upon successful completion of the tests in the "Aluminum Welding Further Training
Course 2" (T1345F), the participant will receive a certificate.
This certificate is valid for two years as long as the employee successfully participates in
the prescribed training courses "Aluminum Welding Work Sample 7, 8 and 9 • Fly" every
six months.

IMPORTANT! These work samples must be created personally in the welding institute in
the presence of qualified examiners/trainers. No other type of creation is permitted.
The training price includes all test fees.
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 31
Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T1578F • Passenger Cars • Roof and Soft Top Systems • Soft Top, Repair, Adjustment
and Diagnosis (Model Series 205/217) • Run
Course Number T1578F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives The participants can:


> Explain the design and function of the fabric top systems
> Describe the roof sequence phases
> Describe interaction between components
> Describe the sequence of mechanical adjustment options
> Describe the diagnostic options (electrical/hydraulic) with XENTRY Diagnosis
> Perform emergency actuation
> Describe the use of roof-specific special tools
Contents > Design and function of the fabric top systems
> Interaction between mechanical, electrical and hydraulic components
> Option of adjusting mechanical components
> Diagnosis of electrical and hydraulic components
> Emergency actuation
> Special tools
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 32
Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T1574F • Passenger Cars • Roof and Soft Top Systems • Hardtop, Repair, Adjustment
and Diagnosis (Model Series 172/231) • Run
Course Number T1574F-AA

Target group Bodywork Technician

Objectives The participants can:


> Explain the design and function of the hardtop roof systems
> Describe the roof sequence phases
> Describe interaction between components
> Describe the sequence of mechanical adjustment options
> Describe the diagnostic options (electrical/hydraulic) with XENTRY Diagnosis
> Perform emergency actuation
> Describe the use of roof-specific special tools
Contents > Design and function of the hardtop roof systems
> Interaction between mechanical, electrical and hydraulic components
> Option of adjusting mechanical components
> Diagnosis of electrical and hydraulic components
> Emergency actuation
> Special tools
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 33
Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T1577F • Passenger Cars • Equipment • MRA Platform Based on the E-Class (Model
Series 213) • Run
Course Number T1577F-AA

Target group Bodywork Technician

Objectives The participants can:


> Name the main equipment features and special features of the C-Class model series
205 and E-Class model series 213
> Name the innovations of the restraint system
> Carry out basic removal and installation operations on the interior and exterior
> State the need for calibration and adjustment operations following repair work and
carry this out
Contents > Equipment features and special features of the C-Class model series 205 and E-Class
model series 213
> Innovations in the restraint system
> Practice-oriented exercises on various removal and installation operations in the
interior and exterior
> Body-related calibration and adjustment operations
Mandatory prerequisite T0458E • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of Body Accident Repair • e-Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 34
Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T1515F • smart • Soft Top Systems • Model Series 453 • Run
Course Number T1515F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Operate and maintain the soft top system on the model series 453
> Professionally perform a fault diagnosis
> Perform necessary repairs
Contents > Function mode and operation of the model 453 soft top system
> Possible causes of faults
> Remedies and repairs
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 15%, Practice85%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 35
Chapter Technical Training
Department Chassis and Active Safety
Title T1635Q • Qualification Program • 2017 • Suspension System Technician
Course Number T1635Q-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives Participants qualify as Suspension System Technicians. Participants receive a certificate


following completion of the qualification program.
Contents
The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins
with the initial test.
Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)
you should book:

> T1635P-AA • Qualification Program • 2017 • Suspension System Technician •


Competency Analysis

> T0076E-AA • Passenger Cars • Brake Control and Active Driving Assistance Systems
• e-Training • Run
> T0258F-AA • Passenger Cars • Suspension Systems • Fundamentals, Diagnosis and
Repair • Run
> T0307F-AA • Passenger Cars, smart • Wheel Alignment • Run
> T0344F-AA • Passenger Cars • Brake Control and Active Driving Assistance Systems
• Fundamentals, Diagnosis and Repair • Run
> T0445E-AA • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of SDconnect with On-Board Electrical
and Bus Systems • e-Training • Go
> T0514F-AA • Passenger Cars • On-Board Electrical and Bus Systems • Run
> T1620F-AA • Passenger Cars, smart, FUSO • Diagnosis strategy • Part 1 • Go

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 12,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 36
Chapter Technical Training
Department Chassis and Active Safety
Title T1634E • Qualification Program • 2017 • Suspension System Technician • Initial Test
• Go
Course Number T1634E-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence areas
> An individual training plan is created for the competence area
> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path
Contents Theoretical test in the areas:
> Suspension
> Active safety systems
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Suspension and Active
Safety System Technicians.
Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 37
Chapter Technical Training
Department Chassis and Active Safety
Title T1595F • Brake Systems • Global ABS and electronic brake system (EBS) • Run
Course Number T1595F-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives Following the training, the participant is able to do the following on the Actros, Antos,
Arocs and Atego Euro VI truck model series (model series 963, 964, 967):
> Read and use the pneumatic function schematics
> Describe the integration of the electronic air-processing unit in vehicle networking
> Describe the design of the electronic air-processing unit
> Explain the functions of the Electronic Air-Processing Unit
> Check the pressure retention function of the electronic air-processing unit according
to manufacturer specifications
> Carry out possible diagnoses on the Electronic Air-Processing Unit
> Describe the system design of the ABS brake system (Global ABS)
> Describe the system design of the electronic brake system (EBS) for different vehicle
versions
> Name the individual system components and explain their tasks
> Explain the function sequences in the different brake systems
> Explain the special features in the system design of the electronic brake system
> Perform target-oriented function tests on individual components
> Perform parameterization for ESP4all
Contents > Design and function:
- Electronic air processing unit
- Global ABS
- Electronic Brake System (EBS)
> Special functions of the electronic brake system, such as the hill holder or ESP
> Procedure for parameterizing the ESP control unit
> Testing of system functions and individual system components
> Fault diagnoses
Mandatory prerequisite T1400E • Trucks • Brake Systems • e-Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 45%, Practice55%

Note To refresh your knowledge, you can use the "Air Brake Systems – Reading Pneumatic
Function Diagrams" CBT (1290 4316 00) by way of preparation.
Duration 3,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 38
Chapter Technical Training
Department Chassis and Active Safety
Title T1441E • Qualification Program • 2016 • Suspension System Technician • Initial Test
• Go
Course Number T1441E-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence areas.
> An individual training plan is created for the competence area.
> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path.
Contents Theoretical test covering the following subjects:
> Electronic air processing unit (EAPU)
> Additional steering axle (ASA)
> Chassis Level Control System (CLCS)
> Electronic brake system (EBS)
Mandatory prerequisite T1267E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence
for System Technicians • Final Test • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Suspension System
Technicians.
Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 39
Chapter Technical Training
Department Chassis and Active Safety
Title T1463Q • Qualification Program • 2016 • Suspension System Technician
Course Number T1463Q-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives Participants qualify as Suspension System Technicians. Participants receive a certificate


following completion of the qualification program.
Contents
The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins
with the initial test.
Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)
you should book:

> T1463P-AA • Qualification Program • 2016 • Suspension System Technician •


Competency Analysis

> T0762F-AA • Trucks • Electronic Brake System (EBS) • Actros, Antos, Arocs and
Atego Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run
> T1042F-AA • Trucks • Chassis Systems • Steering Systems and Chassis Level
Control System (CLCS) • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI (Model Series 963,
964, 967) • Run
> T1043F-AA • Trucks • Brake Systems • Air Brake Systems • Run
> T1400E-AA • Trucks • Brake Systems • e-Training • Go

> T1442E-AA • Qualification Program • 2016 • Suspension System Technician • Final


Test • Go

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Mandatory prerequisite T1267E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence
for System Technicians • Final Test • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 6,5 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 40
Chapter Technical Training
Department Chassis and Active Safety
Title T1442E • Qualification Program • 2016 • Suspension System Technician • Final Test •
Go
Course Number T1442E-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence areas.

Contents Theoretical test covering the following subjects:


> Brake systems
> Suspension systems
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Suspension System
Technicians.
Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 41
Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems
Title T1518F • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Diagnosis on telematics and comfort systems
• Fly
Course Number T1518F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety, System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant can:


> Systematically evaluate complex telematics complaints and find suitable repair
solutions
> Perform structured troubleshooting using DAS and XENTRY
> Internalize the systematic approach of the diagnosis strategy by completing practical
exercises
Contents > Diagnosis on telematics and comfort systems based on the diagnostic strategy
> Diagnosis and troubleshooting with and without fault code for customer complaints
> Use of latest diagnostic tools and Hermann measurement technology
Mandatory prerequisite T1273E • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Comfort • Diagnosing Telematics and Comfort
Systems • e-Training • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 42
Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems
Title T1517F • Passenger Cars • Climate Control Systems • Focus on the E-Class (W213)
with New Refrigerant (ECE) and New Features on Other Model Series • Run
Course Number T1517F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives > General air conditioning systems (review): Describe the proper service process using
the air conditioning service unit
> Air conditioning system on model series 213: Describe the design, function of air
conditioning system installed at market launch
> Describe the handling of the new refrigerants R1234yf and R744.
> Name the new features and modifications to the model series 213 air conditioning
system in terms of design, components, function and new refrigerant (R744, R1234yf)
> Name the new features in the model series 222 air conditioning system in terms of
design, components and function
> Perform proper diagnoses
- on cooling components (evacuation, leak test, charging, pressure test) with the air
conditioning service unit for 1234yf and R744
- on the air conditioning with XENTRY Diagnostics
> Name the different components of the climate control on hybrid vehicles
> Describe the design and function of the auxiliary heater
Contents > General air conditioning systems (review): Proper service process using the air
conditioning service unit
> Air conditioning in model series 213:
- Structure and function of the air conditioning system installed at market launch with
regard to R1234yf
- New features and modifications in terms of design, components and function in
combination with the new refrigerant R744
> Air conditioning in model series 222:
- New features in terms of design, components and function in combination with the
new refrigerant R744
> Diagnosis on cooling components (evacuation, leak test, charging, pressure test) with
the air conditioning service unit for 1234yf and R744
> Proper diagnosis on the air conditioning system with XENTRY Diagnostics
> Overview of the additional functions of climate control in hybrid vehicles
> Auxiliary heater:
- Design and function
- Diagnostics and testing
Mandatory prerequisite Z0067F • Passenger Cars • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note The certificate of proficiency for air conditioning systems in acc. with EC regulation
307/2008 is a mandatory requirement

Stand 08/2016 43
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 44
Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems
Title T1651F • Passenger Cars • Climate Control Systems • Focus on the S-Class (W222)
with New Refrigerant (R744) and New Features on Other Model Series • Run
Course Number T1651F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participants:


> Know how to handle the new R744 refrigerant (safety specifications) and are familiar
with the mode of operation of the new refrigerant
> Know the components in the new refrigerant circuit and their function
> Know the setup and mode of operation of the new refrigerant circuit
> Can fill the new system using the service unit for R744 and carry out a leak test
> Can perform a professional diagnosis of the R744 refrigerant circuit using the new leak
tester with forming gas and the corresponding leak detector
> Can carry out a complete check with respect to temperature measurement in the
interior
> Know the regulation of the THERMOTRONIC system for model series W222 and W213.
Contents > Handling the new R744 refrigerant (safety specifications) and mode of operation of the
new refrigerant
> Components in the new refrigerant circuit and their function
> Setup and mode of operation of the new refrigerant circuit
> Fill the system and perform a leak test using the R744 service unit.
> Professional diagnosis of the refrigerant circuit (R744) using the new leak tester with
forming gas and the corresponding leak detector
> Complete check with respect to temperature measurement in the interior
> Regulation of the THERMOTRONIC system for model series W222 and W213.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 45
Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems
Title T1354F • Passenger Cars • Supplemental Restraint Systems • Restraint, Knee, Airbag
and Safety Systems • Run
Course Number T1354F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design, function and repair of the current restraint systems
> Diagnose and test SRS components
> Perform diagnosis and repair work on the airbag, emergency tensioning retractor and
PRE-SAFE® systems
> Independently perform preventive measures on safety-relevant components on an
accident-damaged vehicle
Contents > Design, deployment and effect of all airbag systems
> Handling SRS components and PRE-SAFE® systems
> Emergency tensioning retractor and NECK-PRO head restraint
> Seat occupancy and automatic child seat recognition
> Passive safety components
> Responsibilities within the company
> Handling and storage of pyrotechnical material
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 46
Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems
Title T1356Q • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Comfort and Safety System
Technician
Course Number T1356Q-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant qualifies as a Comfort and Passive Safety System Technician. Participants
receive a certificate following completion of the qualification program.
Contents
The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins
with the initial test.
Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)
you should book:

> T1356P-AA • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Comfort and Safety
System Technician • Competency Analysis

> T0092E-AA • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • Air Conditioning Systems • e-Training •
Go
> T1068F-AA • Trucks • Climate Control Systems • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego
Euro VI standard (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run
> T1055F-AA • Trucks • Drive authorization and locking systems • Actros, Antos, Arocs
and Atego Euro VI (model series 963, 964, 967) • Run

> T1357E-AA • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Comfort and Safety
System Technician • Final Test • Go

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Mandatory prerequisite T1267E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence
for System Technicians • Final Test • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 4,5 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 47
Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems
Title T1598F • Drive authorization/locking systems and passive safety systems • Actros,
Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI standard (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run
Course Number T1598F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design and function of the drive authorization/locking systems and the
passive safety systems for the truck model series (96x)
> Perform independent professional diagnoses in the case of malfunctions and carry out
independent repairs on the systems
Contents Theoretical knowledge and practical work on the Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI
truck model series (96x).
> Design and system function of:
- Central locking systems
- Comfort locking systems
- Anti-theft alarm systems (ATA)
- Drive authorization systems (immobilizer)
- Passive safety systems
> Use of literature (function descriptions and electrical circuit diagrams)
> Practical examples and exercises for diagnosis and troubleshooting
Optional prerequisite The participant has completed the training course "T1xxxF • Trucks • Diagnostic
Strategy, On-Board Electrical Systems, System Networking • Actros, Antos, Arocs, Atego
Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run" or has equivalent knowledge. The
participant is proficient in the use of Star Diagnosis, including HMS 990.
Mandatory prerequisite T1599E • Drive Authorization and Locking Systems • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego
Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • e-Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note Participants can test and refresh their knowledge using the CBT programs "Principles of
Motor Vehicle Electronics" Parts 1-3 (order no. 1290 4757/ 58/ 59) and "Access and
Drive Authorization Systems" (1290 4340).
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 48
Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems
Title T1599E • Drive Authorization and Locking Systems • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego
Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • e-Training • Go
Course Number T1599E-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:


> Differentiate between DAS2 and DAS3 and assign them to the model series
> Name and describe the base functions for radio transmission between the various key
variants
> Describe the comfort functions available on the multifunction key
> Describe the components and design of the DAS3 drive authorization system
> Explain the function sequence for DAS2
Contents > DAS at a glance
> DAS3
- Access authorization
- Multifunction key
- Drive authorization system
> DAS2
- Drive authorization system
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note Participants can test and refresh their knowledge using the CBT programs "Principles of
Motor Vehicle Electronics" Parts 1-3 (order no. 1290 4757/ 58/ 59) and "Access and
Drive Authorization Systems" (1290 4340).
Duration 1,0 hours

Stand 08/2016 49
Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications
Title T1625Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Telecommunica-
tions/Comfort and Passive Safety System Technicians
Course Number T1625Q-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication, System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives Participants qualify as Telecommunications System Technicians. Participants receive a


certificate following completion of the qualification program.
Contents
The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins
with the initial test.
Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)
you should book:

> T1625P-AA • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 •


Telecommunications/Comfort and Passive Safety System Technicians • Competency
Analysis

> T0445E-AA • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of SDconnect with On-Board Electrical


and Bus Systems • e-Training • Go
> T0514F-AA • Passenger Cars • On-Board Electrical and Bus Systems • Run
> T0819F-AA • Passenger Cars • Air Conditioning Systems and Auxiliary Heaters •
Emphasis on the S-Class (W/V222), A-Class and B-Class (W176, W246) • Run
> T0822F-AA • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Telecommunications Systems • Go
> T1124F-AA • Passenger Cars • Comfort and Climate Control Systems • Drive
Authorization Systems • Operation, Diagnosis and Repair • Run
> T1269F-AA • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Operation and Function of Current
Telecommunication Systems • Run
> T1273E-AA • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Comfort • Diagnosing Telematics and
Comfort Systems • e-Training • Run
> T1354F-AA • Passenger Cars • Supplemental Restraint Systems • Restraint, Knee,
Airbag and Safety Systems • Run
> T1518F-AA • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Diagnosis on telematics and comfort
systems • Fly
> T1620F-AA • Passenger Cars, smart, FUSO • Diagnosis strategy • Part 1 • Go

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 17,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 50
Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications
Title T1626E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Telecommunica-
tions/Comfort and Passive Safety System Technician • Initial Test • Go
Course Number T1626E-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety, System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence area
> An individual training plan is created for the competence area
> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path
Contents Theoretical test covering the following subjects:
> Comfort systems and passive safety
> Telecommunications
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz


Telecommunications/Comfort and Passive Safety System Technicians
Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 51
Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications
Title T1495E • Vans • Qualification Program • 2016 • Comfort, Passive Safety and Tele-
communications System Technician • Initial Test
Course Number T1495E-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety, System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives Identification of knowledge deficits and support in developing a training plan for the
Comfort, Passive Safety and Telecommunications System Technician qualification
program.
Contents The initial test is an online test designed to assess theoretical knowledge in the following
fields:
> Van system expertise related to
- electrical and comfort systems
- telematics systems and components in the van
Training Depth Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 52
Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications
Title T1496F • Vans • Comfort and Climate Control Systems • Function, Operation and Di-
agnosis • Go
Course Number T1496F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety, System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design and function of the heater and climate control
> Describe the design and function of the safety and restraint systems
> Carry out targeted diagnostic, repair and adjustment operations
> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnostic strategy
> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and targeted manner
Contents
The contents are processed on the model series 415, 447 and 906
> Heating and climate control
> Stationary heater and heater booster
> Seat variants in model series 447 and their operation
> Safety and restraint Systems
> Carrying out possible testing and diagnostic work
> Diagnosis according to the level model
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 53
Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications
Title T1501F • Vans • Comfort Systems and Telecommunications • Expert Training • Run
Course Number T1501F-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication, System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can


> Name new features in the on-board electrical system diagnosis
> Describe processes in the drive authorization systems
> Present problems with the operation of the stationary heater
> Describe ways to update navigation data
> Carry out specific diagnosis as well as repair and adjustment operations
> Describe the purpose and function of a diagnosis strategy
> Carry out his/her daily work in a more structured and more target oriented manner
Contents > New battery/alternator management features and on-board electrical system
diagnosis
> Drive authorization system processes
> Stationary heater technology
> Current telematics topics
> Mercedes me connect processes
> Performance of possible test and diagnosis work
> Diagnosis based on the level model
Mandatory prerequisite T1389E • Trucks, Vans • Telematics • e-Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 54
Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications
Title T1503F • Vans • Comfort Systems and Telecommunications • Tips and Tricks, Latest
Features and Modifications, Exchange of Experiences for Service Advisors • Go
Course Number T1503F-AA

Target group Service Advisor, Workshop Foreman

Objectives The participant can


> Ask the customer specific questions in the event of a complaint
> Exchange information among each other based on select workshop cases brought
along by the participants
> Name functions and scopes for handling the parameterizable special module (PSM)
> Name functions and procedures for handling drive authorization systems
> Name key features of the Marco Polo
> Carry out key operations on telematics and locking systems
> Name information media or sources available in the daily environment
Contents > Tips and tricks for operating the new V-Class
> Function and operation of telematics components, e.g., COMAND
> Current problems and their remedy
> Overview of new equipment and aftermarket installations
> Exchange of experiences
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note Current workshop scenarios are covered when exchanging experiences. Please bring
your own topics along to the training course.
Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 55
Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications
Title T1611F • Vans • Diagnosis strategy • On-board electrical system & networking • Go
Course Number T1611F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, System Technician Driving Stability , System Technician
Comfort and Safety , System Technician Telecommunication
Objectives Participants can
> perform specific diagnoses and repair and adjustment work.
> use the XENTRY Kit system with the workshop oscilloscope in diagnoses.
> describe the design and functions of energy management.
> describe the design and functions of lighting systems.
> describe all variants of data transfer used in the van.
> describe the purpose of a diagnosis strategy.
> implement their daily work in a more structured and targeted manner.
Contents > Creation of a diagnostic strategy in accordance with the level model
> Completion of diagnostic work on vehicles with and without a fault code
> Overview of energy management and control unit networking
> Lighting systems, intelligent light system (ILS)
> Use of possible tests with XENTRY Kit and workshop oscilloscope
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 56
Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications
Title T1499F • Vans • On-Board Electrical System Management and Networking • Comfort
Systems and Telecommunications • Function, Diagnosis and Repair • Go
Course Number T1499F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety, System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design and new features of the on-board electrical systems and the
current CAN technology and bus systems, and also describe their basic functions
> Describe all variants of data transfer used in the van
> Apply the current category-specific diagnoses and diagnosis aids and evaluate their
results and develop them further
> Describe special considerations of the on-board electrical system for electrical
components, comfort systems and telecommunications
> Develop and propose solutions for current complaints
> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnosis strategy
> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and goal-oriented manner
Contents The contents cover practical and group work on:
> Fundamentals of on-board electrical system architecture and control unit networking
for the electrical system and telematics
> Battery management, alternator management and consumer shutoff
> Illumination, Intelligent Light System (ILS)
> Overview of overall networking
> Bus systems (types, CAN, MOST, LIN, FlexRay)
> Diagnosis of bus systems
> Survey of possible tests and how to conduct them with XENTRY Kit and Herman
Measurement Technology (HMS)
> Getting started with diagnosis according to the levels model
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 57
Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications
Title T1497F • Vans • Drive Authorization and Locking Systems • Function, Operation and
Diagnosis • Go
Course Number T1497F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety, System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design and function of different drive authorization systems
> Describe the processes related to ordering and blocking keys
> Describe the design and function of the locking systems
> Carry out targeted diagnostic, repair and adjustment operations
> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnostic strategy
> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and targeted manner
Contents The contents are processed on the model series 415, 447 and 906.
> Overview of current drive authorization systems
> Design and function of locking systems
> Design and function of electric sliding door and electric liftgate
> Anti-theft alarm system ATA [EDW]
> Carrying out possible testing and diagnostic work
> Diagnosis according to the level model
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 58
Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications
Title T1500F • Vans • Telematics • Function, Operation and Diagnosis • Go
Course Number T1500F-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication, System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the function of telematics systems in the van
> Diagnose and understand basic malfunctions in telematics systems
> Perform testing and diagnosis operations on the current systems
> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnosis strategy
> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and goal-oriented manner
Contents The contents encompass practical and group work on the design and function of
> Telematics generation NTG5 in the V-Class
- Audio 15 in the Sprinter
> Location and interplay of telematics components in the van
> Measurement and diagnosis work on the vehicle using the Workshop Information
System and diagnosis system
> Diagnoses according to the levels model
Mandatory prerequisite T1389E • Trucks, Vans • Telematics • e-Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 59
Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications
Title T1560E • Vans • Mercedes me Vans • e-Training • Go
Course Number T1560E-AA

Target group Service Advisor, Customer Contact Consultant After-Sales , Customer Contact Personnel
After-Sales , Service Receptionist
Objectives The participant:
> Knows the Mercedes me connect basic and Remote Online services
> Knows the functions and services of the Mercedes me adapter
> Can describe the initial startup of the Mercedes me adapter
> Is familiar with the processes and information flows in Sales and After-Sales
> Knows the advantages for customers and retail
Contents > Mercedes me connect:
- Basic and Remote Online services
- Vehicle linking
- Service queries in retail
> Mercedes me adapter functions, services and initial startup
> Processes and information flows
> Advantages for customers and retail
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%

Duration 0,8 hours

Stand 08/2016 60
Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Telecommunications
Title T1563F • Vans • Mercedes me Vans • Go
Course Number T1563F-AA

Target group Service Advisor, Customer Contact Consultant After-Sales , Customer Contact Personnel
After-Sales , Service Receptionist
Objectives The participant:
> Knows the competitive field and developments in the area of connectivity:
> Knows regulations and measures as well as opportunities and reservations on the
topic of mobile data/data protection
> Can state the basic system setup
> Knows the product scopes of the basic and Remote Online services
> Can name the functions and services of the Mercedes me adapter
> Knows the processes for linking a van for Mercedes me connect and Mercedes me
adapter
> Knows the service processes with regard to Mercedes me connect and Mercedes me
adapter
Contents > Connectivity today
> Boundary conditions and system overview
> Mercedes me connect product scopes and services
> Mercedes me adapter functions and services
> Processes
Mandatory prerequisite T1560E • Vans • Mercedes me Vans • e-Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 60%, Practice40%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 61
Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T1009Q • Passenger Cars • Certification program • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic
Technician
Course Number T1009Q-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant qualifies as a Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician.

Contents The certification program for Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technicians for
passenger cars consists of individual training courses. The certification program begins
with the initial test (T1012F • Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician •
Initial Test • Go). It involves a practical and theoretical test concerning the strategic
approach and transfer behavior in practice. Furthermore, it assesses theoretical
knowledge in the fields of EWAnet, electrical components, comfort, telematics and
drivetrain. Once you have passed the initial test, you will receive an overview of the
training courses to be booked before the examination. If you do not pass the initial test,
you will receive detailed information about the fields in which you are still lacking the
requisite knowledge. You may prepare for the next initial test through workplace
measures or by attending training sessions.

Once you have all the necessary qualifications, you can register for the final test (T1016
F • Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Test • Run).
Following successful completion, you will receive a certificate as a Certified Diagnostic
Technician.
The certification program consists of the following individual training courses.

> T1012F-AA • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician •


Initial Test • Go

> T0005F-AA • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified


Diagnosis Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run
> T1002F-AA • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician •
Electrical Components, Comfort and Telematics • Run
> T0981F-AA • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician •
Drivetrain • M276 DEH LA and OM642 LS • Run

> T1016F-AA • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Test


• Run

As soon as all your certifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Optional prerequisite Before signing up for the certification program, you should have good knowledge of
systematic troubleshooting procedures and of the workshop systems, including Star
Diagnosis. Good knowledge of the on-board electrical system and vehicle networking is
also required.

Stand 08/2016 62
You can obtain or refresh this knowledge by attending training courses in the three
proficiencies (drive, comfort and telecommunications systems) from the System
Technician qualification program. Ideally, you will have successfully completed two
System Technician qualification courses. As preparation for the final test, you can sign up
for the training course "T1015F • Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician
• Test Preparation • Run". In this training course, practical work is carried out on
vehicles under real test conditions.
Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 14,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 63
Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T1529F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Fly
Course Number T1529F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Develop diagnoses on complex systems independently and take remedial action
> Argue in customer-orientated manner
> Differentiate incorrect operation or misunderstood system functions from system
malfunctions
> Incorporate his/her previous experience in target-group orientated exchange of views
and integrate additional experience into his/her daily working day
Contents smart model series 453:
> Diagnosis work on drive train
> Diagnosis work on cabriolet soft top/control system/function
> Innovations/changes for two / four
> Tips and tricks
> Exchange of experience

Mandatory prerequisite T0398F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test • Run


This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 64
Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T1428F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training
2016 (Model Series 93x) • Fly
Course Number T1428F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Ask the customer questions that are pertinent to the complaint
> Develop a strategic plan for resolving the customer complaint
> Make use of the necessary information sources (workshop literature)
Contents Information on current content will be sent to the diagnosis technician in a personal
invitation letter.
Mandatory prerequisite T0014F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Test • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 65
Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T1604F • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Further Training 2017 • Fly
Course Number T1604F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives Participants can


> incorporate what they have been taught in their everyday working practices
> go through all the necessary steps in initial contact with a customer and the vehicle in
a customer-oriented manner
> distinguish the malfunction brought to their attention by the customer from a possible
incorrect operation or normal system function
> establish a logical and comprehensible work procedure by performing a complaint
analysis
> identify and process complaints affecting multiple systems
> produce practical documentation that corresponds to the scope of work
> process the necessary test, adjustment and repair measures according to the defined
topics in conformity with the accident prevention and manufacturer specifications
Contents > New features and changes in the Actros model series 963
> Exchange of experiences about current truck topics
Information on current content will be sent to the Diagnostic Technician in a personal
invitation letter.
Mandatory prerequisite T0529F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model Series
963 • Test • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 66
Chapter Technical Training
Department Fundamentals
Title T1623F • Passenger Cars • Electrical System • Fundamentals • Go
Course Number T1623F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Name the main basic electrical
- variables and describe their relations
- Describe automotive components and their function
> Accurately apply current Mercedes-Benz test and measuring equipment, service
literature and the Workshop Information System (WIS) for maintenance, diagnosis and
repairs
> Carry out test, adjustment and repair work using digital multimeters, Star Diagnosis,
including HMS990 Measurement Technology, oscilloscope and the Diagnosis Assistance
System (DAS), on electrical systems in cars
> Describe the design and function of the various sensors and actuators and name and
apply the corresponding measuring and testing options
> Reliably recognize and eliminate resistance issues and disconnections in electrical
lines and connections
> Perform targeted troubleshooting on electrical and electronic components
Contents > Conductivity of materials
> Voltage types
- AC and DC voltage
> Basic electrical variables and formulas
- Ohm's law
> Electricity hazards
> Circuit types and their properties
> Terminal designations
> Measuring and testing
- Oscilloscope
- Fault types
> Sensors and actuators
- Analog and digital sensors
- Actuators
> Control and regulation
> Pulse width modulation
> Diagnosis and networking
> Control units
> Conversion of analog signals to digital signals
> Basic functions and types of data transfer
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 67
Chapter Technical Training
Department Fundamentals
Title T1444F • Electrical System • Fundamentals • Go
Course Number T1444F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Name the main basic electrical
- variables and describe their relations
- Describe automotive components and their function
> Accurately apply current Mercedes-Benz test and measuring equipment, service
literature and the Workshop Information System (WIS) for maintenance, diagnosis and
repairs
> Carry out test, adjustment and repair work using digital multimeters, Star Diagnosis,
including HMS990 Measurement Technology, oscilloscopes and the Diagnosis Assistance
System (DAS) on electrical systems in commercial vehicles
> Describe the design and function of the various sensors and actuators and name and
apply the corresponding measuring and testing options
> Reliably recognize and eliminate resistance issues and disconnections in electrical
lines and connections
> Perform results-oriented troubleshooting on electrical and electronic components
Contents > Conductivity of materials
> Voltage types
- AC and DC voltage
> Basic electrical variables and formulas
- Ohm's law
> Electricity hazards
> Circuit types and their properties
> Terminal designations
> Measuring and testing
- Oscilloscope
- Fault types
> Sensors and actuators
- Analog and digital sensors
- Actuators
> Control and regulation
> Pulse width modulation
> Diagnosis and networking
> Control units
> Conversion of analog signals to digital signals
> Basic functions and types of data transfer
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 68
Chapter Technical Training
Department Fundamentals
Title T1640F • Overall Vehicle • Overseas • Actros, Arocs (Model Series 963, 964) • Run
Course Number T1640F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Within the scope of simple maintenance, testing and repair operations, apply
knowledge about the latest
- product technology
- diagnostic technology and
-
repair technology
Contents > General product technology of Euro III, IV, V
> Networking of electrical systems
> On-board electrical system and electrical systems
> General maintenance and repair work
> Diagnosing and remedying minor malfunctions using the service literature and current
diagnostic systems
Optional prerequisite The participant has successfully completed the training course "T0179F • Trucks, Vans
• Star Diagnosis • Level I • Go" and training course "P0019F • WIS/ASRA 3 for
Workshop Specialists • Go" or has equivalent knowledge.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 3,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 69
Chapter Technical Training
Department Fundamentals
Title T1443F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Product Technology Basics • Maintenance and Ser-
vice • Go
Course Number T1443F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Name the various Mercedes-Benz trucks and state the respective major assemblies
and systems
> Name and operate the systems required for carrying out maintenance and repair work
> Carry out the different maintenance work according to the maintenance procedures
Contents > Overview of Mercedes-Benz truck models
> Innovations
> Vehicle documentation and vehicle data card
> Design group overview and logic
> Symbols in the documentation
> Importance and use of the Specifications for Operating Fluids
> Work units and texts
> Need for maintenance
> Design and function of maintenance systems
> Electronic brake system (EBS)
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 60%, Practice40%

Note The practical section specifically addresses the design and the operation/function of the
individual maintenance systems and items.
The content of this course is required for Maintenance Technicians to safely and
effectively perform maintenance work on Mercedes-Benz trucks with the help of valid
service information.
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 70
Chapter Technical Training
Department Fundamentals
Title T1513Q • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016, 2017 • Maintenance Technician
Course Number T1513Q-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant qualifies as a Truck Maintenance Technician. Participants receive a


certificate following completion of the qualification program.
Contents
The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins
with the initial test.
Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)
you should book:

> T1513P-AA • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016, 2017 • Maintenance


Technician • Competency Analysis

> T1443F-AA • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Product Technology Basics • Maintenance and


Service • Go
> T0179F-AA • Trucks, Vans • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit • Go
> P0019F-AA • Passenger Cars, Vans, Trucks • Service Operating Processes •
WIS/ASRA for Service and Parts • Go
> P0100F-AA • Passenger Cars, smart, Vans, Trucks • Service Operating Processes •
Electronic Parts Catalog (EPC) • Go
> T1444F-AA • Electrical System • Fundamentals • Go

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 10,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 71
Chapter Technical Training
Department Fundamentals
Title T1468E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016, 2017 • Maintenance Technician •
Initial Test • Go
Course Number T1468E-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives Identification of gaps in knowledge and support in developing a training plan for the
Maintenance Technician qualification program.
Contents This initial test is an online test designed to assess theoretical knowledge in the following
fields:
> Knowledge of the WIS/ASRA systems
> Star Diagnosis
> Mercedes-Benz product technology, maintenance and service
> Electrical system/electronics fundamentals
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 72
Chapter Technical Training
Department Fundamentals
Title T1474E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016 • Maintenance Technician • Final
Test • Go
Course Number T1474E-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant's knowledge in the competence areas is determined.

Contents This is an online test designed to assess theoretical knowledge in the following fields:
> System knowledge
- WIS/ASRA
- Electronic Parts Catalog (EPC)
> Star Diagnosis
> Mercedes-Benz product technology, maintenance and service
> Fundamentals of electricity/electronics
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program to become a Mercedes-Benz Maintenance
Technician.
Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 73
Chapter Technical Training
Department FUSO Canter
Title P0153F • FUSO • Service Operating Processes • ASCENT (After-Sales Central) • Run
Course Number P0153F-AA

Target group FUSO-Technician

Objectives The participant can


> Operate applications in the ASCENT system in targeted manner
> Name remedial actions for current and frequently-occurring technical problems
Contents > ASCENT
- Operation of applications in ASCENT system (service literature, locating part
numbers, animated literature)
> Exchange of experiences regarding current technical problems
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Note This training course is for the introduction of the new ASCENT system platform. The
target group for this event is mainly those people using the latest "Fuso ServicePortal"
and "WebCaps" systems.
Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 74
Chapter Technical Training
Department Komfort und Telekommunikation$6$Comfort/Convenience and
Telecommunications
Title T1602F • Trucks • Diagnosis strategy • On-board electrical system & networking • Go
Course Number T1602F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, System Technician Driving Stability , System Technician
Comfort and Safety , System Technician Telecommunication
Objectives The participant can:
> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnostic strategy
> Develop a diagnostic strategy based on the level model
> Apply the current diagnostic equipment and diagnostic aids and evaluate their results
and develop them further
> Describe the various fault types and their effects
> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and targeted manner
> Describe the design of on-board electrical systems, the bus systems used and the
related basic functions in the new truck model series
> Describe the functions and interaction between the different subsystems and perform
diagnostic work on these components
> Connect accessories correctly to the new on-board electrical system
Contents > Diagnosis according to the level model
> Faults and fault types
> Application of the diagnostic aids (XENTRY, DAS, etc.)
> Practical work regarding diagnoses with and without fault codes
> Evaluating the on-board diagnosis

> Strategies and practical procedures when diagnosing complex electrical and electronic
systems
> On-board electrical system architecture and bus systems in the new truck model
series Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI standard (model series 96, 963, 964, 967)
> Work through current topics and diagnostic cases
Optional prerequisite The participant has good knowledge of Star Diagnosis and the HMS990 or has completed
the training course "T0179F • Trucks, Vans • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit
• Go".
The two CBTs "Successful troubleshooting with Logic and all Senses" T0635E (W4754)
and "Diagnostic Strategy, Future Level Model" T0673E (W4799) can be used as
preparation.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 75
Chapter Technical Training
Department Maintenance
Title T1627Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Maintenance Technician
Course Number T1627Q-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant qualifies as a Maintenance Technician. Participants receive a certificate


following completion of the qualification program.
Contents
The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins
with the initial test.
Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)
you should book:

> T1627P-AA • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2017 • Maintenance


Technician • Competency Analysis

> P0019F-AA • Passenger Cars, Vans, Trucks • Service Operating Processes •


WIS/ASRA for Service and Parts • Go
> T0001F-AA • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Qualification
for Motor Vehicles • Go
> T0103E-AA • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Systems in
Motor Vehicles – Awareness • e-Training • Go
> T0177F-AA • Passenger Cars • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit stage I •
Go
> T0216F-AA • Passenger Cars • Maintenance Service • Go
> T1623F-AA • Passenger Cars • Electrical System • Fundamentals • Go

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Duration 8,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 76
Chapter Technical Training
Department Maintenance
Title T1656F • Maintenance and Service • Go
Course Number T1656F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant is familiar with:


> The procedure for safely performing maintenance services on Mercedes-Benz cars
> All documentation required for a maintenance service (maintenance service sheets,
maintenance service manuals, WIS, TIPS, ASRA, etc.)
> The importance of maintenance services being performed perfectly from the
customer's perspective
> The importance and functions of various ASSYST systems
Contents > Objectives in service
> Maintenance service quality
> Maintenance service process and instructions on how to perform this
> Use of maintenance service literature
> Special features of new vehicle models
> Service measures and their processing
> Importance of external appearance (What does the customer see?)
> Maintenance services and their importance for customer satisfaction
> Importance of workshop tests
> Workshop quality manual
Optional prerequisite Participants can test their knowledge using the CBT program entitled "Fundamentals of
Maintenance Systems" (training code T1422E).
The training concludes with a final test.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 80%, Practice20%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 77
Chapter Technical Training
Department Maintenance
Title T1487E • Vans • Qualification Program • 2016 • Maintenance Technician • Initial Test
• Go
Course Number T1487E-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives Identification of knowledge deficits and support in developing a training plan for the
Maintenance Technician qualification program.
Contents The initial test is an online test designed to assess theoretical knowledge in the following
fields:
> System knowledge of
- WIS/ASRA
- Electronic Parts Catalog (EPC)
> Star Diagnosis
> Mercedes-Benz product technology for vans, maintenance and service
> Maintenance service fundamentals
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 78
Chapter Technical Training
Department Maintenance
Title T1486F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Product Technology • Maintenance and Service • Go
Course Number T1486F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Name the various Mercedes-Benz van model series and state the respective major
assemblies and systems
> Name and operate the systems required for carrying out maintenance and repair work
> Carry out the different maintenance work according to the maintenance procedures
Contents > Survey of Mercedes-Benz van models
> Innovations
> Vehicle documentation and vehicle data card
> Design group overview and logic
> Symbols in the documentation
> Importance and use of the Specifications for Operating Fluids
> Work units and texts
> Need for maintenance
> Design and function of the ASSYST maintenance systems for vans
> Driving assistance systems
> Operation of telematics components
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note The practical section specifically addresses the design and the operation/function of the
individual maintenance systems and items.
The content of this course is required for Maintenance Technicians to safely and
effectively perform maintenance work on Mercedes-Benz vans with the help of valid
service information.
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 79
Chapter Technical Training
Department Mercedes-Benz Service24h
Title V0156E • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Organization, breakdown case processing and
customer-oriented behavior at the breakdown location • Initial test • Go
Course Number V0156E-AA

Target group Service24h Technician, Diagnosis Technician , System Technician

Objectives Identification of gaps in knowledge to create an individual training plan.

Contents This initial test is an online test designed to assess theoretical knowledge in the following
fields:
> Organization, processing and customer-oriented behavior in breakdown cases:
> Mercedes-Benz breakdown service, relevant new developments/modifications in
current breakdown statistics
> Special considerations of on-site work
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%

Note This test is the initial prerequisite for the V0088P package consisting of the following
modules: V0084F Cars, smart • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Organization and
Processing • Module 1 • Go, V0085F Cars, smart • Mercedes-Benz Service24h •
Customer-Oriented Behavior in Breakdown Cases • Module 2 • Go and T0459F Cars,
smart • Overall Vehicle • Breakdown Service, On-Site Repairs, Tips & Support • Run
Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 80
Chapter Technical Training
Department Mercedes-Benz Service24h
Title V0157E • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Organization, breakdown case pro-
cessing and customer-oriented behavior at the breakdown location • Initial test • Go
Course Number V0157E-AA

Target group Service24h Technician, Diagnosis Technician , System Technician

Objectives Identification of gaps in knowledge to create an individual training plan.

Contents This initial test is an online test designed to assess theoretical knowledge in the following
fields:
Organization, processing and customer-oriented behavior in breakdown cases:
Mercedes-Benz Service24h
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%

Note This test is the initial prerequisite for the V0088P package consisting of the following
modules: V0084F Cars, smart • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Organization and
Processing • Module 1 • Go, V0085F Cars, smart • Mercedes-Benz Service24h •
Customer-Oriented Behavior in Breakdown Cases • Module 2 • Go and T0158F Vans •
Qualification Program • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Run
Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 81
Chapter Technical Training
Department Mercedes-Benz Service24h
Title V0158P • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Organization, breakdown case pro-
cessing and customer-oriented behavior at the breakdown location • Go
Course Number V0158P-AA

Target group Service24h Technician, Diagnosis Technician , System Technician

Objectives The participant:


> Can act independently and make business decisions
> Recognizes the advantages of the implemented hardware and software solutions and
their interfaces
> Knows what is important for breakdown cases regarding customer contact and
communication and can use this
> Acquires proficiency in processes that pertain to his/her job as a Service24h
technician
> Can find customer-oriented problem solutions with the customer
> Can use Mercedes-Benz mobility and service products
> Can describe the protection at the breakdown location to ensure the highest safety
possible for the customer and himself/herself
> Understands the importance of solid technical expertise in performing repairs
> Recognizes the high value of the topic of Mercedes-Benz Service24h and the
importance of his/her job
> Can implement technical innovations plus tips and tricks for solutions at the
breakdown location
> Is familiar with the current key damage topics for the vehicle model series that are
relevant to Service24h
> Is able to adjust to specific conditions at the breakdown location
> Can implement specific repair solutions
> Can take responsibility for ensuring the service quality in Service24h through
professional work and commitment
> Can work within the diagnosis guidelines to communicate with the customer as
required by the situation and to find customer-oriented solutions to problems
Contents Organization, processing and customer-oriented behavior in breakdown cases:
> The breakdown case: A challenge for both customers and Mercedes-Benz Service24h
technicians – customer-oriented assistance
> Mercedes-Benz Service24h breakdown case processing; "the" specialist in breakdown
assistance is the customer's focus in breakdown cases
> The significance of motivation and commitment for service quality at Mercedes-Benz
Service24h
> Repair order processing
> Warranty and goodwill processing
> Parts supply/procurement
> Mobility packages
> Mercedes-Benz service products
> Protection at the breakdown location
> New features/modifications to the current model series that are relevant for
Mercedes-Benz Service24h

Stand 08/2016 82
> Vehicle diagnosis: electrical system, suspension, engine, transmission
> Locating and correcting faults
> Special considerations of on-site work
Mandatory prerequisite V0157E • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Organization, breakdown case
processing and customer-oriented behavior at the breakdown location • Initial test • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%

Note This package consists of the following modules: V0084F Cars • Mercedes-Benz
Service24h • Organization and Processing • Module 1 • Go and V0085F Cars •
Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Customer-Oriented Behavior in Breakdown Cases •
Module 2 • Go and T0158F Vans • Qualification Program • Mercedes-Benz Service24h
• Run
Duration 7,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 83
Chapter Technical Training
Department Mercedes-Benz Service24h
Title S0472E • Trucks • Market Launch • Product and Service Innovations 2016/2017 •
AKUBIS® direct sales • Go
Course Number S0472E-AA

Target group Salesperson, Customer Contact Consultant After-Sales , Service Manager , Manager ,
Service24h Technician , Service Receptionist , Service Advisor
Objectives The participants:
> Understand the general approach of product and service innovations 2016/2017
> Understand the aim of the general approach of product and service innovations
2016/2017
> Know the most important product and service innovations 2016/2017
Contents Product and service innovations 2016/2017:
> Overall comprehension
> Objective
> Important individual measures
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%

Duration 0,5 hours

Stand 08/2016 84
Chapter Technical Training
Department On-board Electrical System, Bus System
Title T1620F • Passenger Cars, smart, FUSO • Diagnosis strategy • Part 1 • Go
Course Number T1620F-AA

Target group System Technician, FUSO-Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnostic strategy
> Develop an all-categories diagnostic strategy based on the levels model
> Apply the current category-specific diagnostic equipment and diagnostic aids and
evaluate their results and develop them further
> Describe the various fault types and their effects
> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and targeted manner
Contents > Diagnoses according to the levels model
> Faults and fault types
> Application of the category-specific diagnostic aids (XENTRY, DAS, etc.)
> Practical work regarding diagnoses with and without fault codes
> Evaluating the on-board diagnosis
Optional prerequisite The participant has good knowledge of Star Diagnosis as well as HMS990 or has
completed training course "HMS990 T0178F • Cars • Star Diagnosis Level II • Run" or
"T0180F • Trucks, Vans • Star Diagnosis Level II • Run".
The two CBTs "Troubleshooting, Success with Logic and all Senses" T0635E (W4754) and
"Diagnostic Strategy, Future Levels Model" T0673E (W4799) can be used as preparation.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 85
Chapter Technical Training
Department On-board Electrical System, Bus System
Title T1611F • Vans • Diagnosis strategy • On-board electrical system & networking • Go
Course Number T1611F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, System Technician Driving Stability , System Technician
Comfort and Safety , System Technician Telecommunication
Objectives Participants can
> perform specific diagnoses and repair and adjustment work.
> use the XENTRY Kit system with the workshop oscilloscope in diagnoses.
> describe the design and functions of energy management.
> describe the design and functions of lighting systems.
> describe all variants of data transfer used in the van.
> describe the purpose of a diagnosis strategy.
> implement their daily work in a more structured and targeted manner.
Contents > Creation of a diagnostic strategy in accordance with the level model
> Completion of diagnostic work on vehicles with and without a fault code
> Overview of energy management and control unit networking
> Lighting systems, intelligent light system (ILS)
> Use of possible tests with XENTRY Kit and workshop oscilloscope
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 86
Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T1624F • Passenger Cars, smart • Electrical System • High-Voltage Product Qualifica-
tion for Newcomers • Go
Course Number T1624F-AA

Target group System Technician, User IT Systems , Diagnosis Technician , Service24h Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> State the safety rules that must be followed before working on the B-Class Electric
Drive model series 242 EV and the GLE Plug-in Hybrid
> Describe the display concepts for the B-Class Electric Drive model series 242 EV and
the GLE Plug-IN HYBRID
> Name the high-voltage components, their installation locations and functions in the B-
Class Electric Drive Model Series 242 EV and in the
- GLE Plug-IN HYBRID
- remove voltage
- verify no voltage is present
- perform startup
> Name the special considerations in the workshop process, service and diagnosis of the
B-Class Electric Drive Model Series 242 EV and for the GLE Plug-IN HYBRID
Contents > Design and function of the drivetrain components
> Control and display concept
> Maintenance and repair work
> Disabling and initially starting the high voltage system
> Drivetrain cooling and pre-entry climate control
> Charging the high-voltage battery
Mandatory prerequisite T0001F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Qualification for
Motor Vehicles • Go
T0103E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Systems in Motor
Vehicles – Awareness • e-Training • Go
T0969E • Passenger Cars • Market Launch • B-Class electric drive Model Series 242 •
e-Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Note The training course is an equivalent for the following market launch training courses:

T0336F Cars • Drive for S-Class (W221) HYBRID • Go


T0752F Cars • Market Launch • S-Class HYBRID (W/V222) • Go
T0974F Cars • Market Launch • S-Class Plug-In Hybrid Model Series 222 • Go

T1077F Cars • Overall Vehicle • E-Class HYBRID Model Series 212 with OM651 (ECE) •
Go
T0495F Cars • Market Launch of E-Class HYBRID (W212) with M276 (USA) • Go

T0970F Cars • Market Launch • B-Class Electric Drive Model Series 242 • Go

Stand 08/2016 87
T0959F Cars • Market Launch • C-Class HYBRID Model Series 205 with Mercedes
connect me • Go

T0840F/T0480F smart • smart fortwo Electric Drive Model Series 451 • Go

T1288F Cars • Market Launch • C-Class PLUG-IN HYBRID Model Series 205 • Go
T1289F Cars • Market Launch • GLC PLUG-IN HYBRID Model Series 253 • Go
T1290F Cars • Market Launch • GLE PLUG-IN HYBRID Model Series 166 • Go
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 88
Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T1632F • smart • Innovations and customer contact • Telematics, e-Mobility and BRA-
BUS • Current topics on model series 453 for service advisors • Go
Course Number T1632F-AA

Target group Service Advisor, Customer Contact Consultant After-Sales , Customer Contact Personnel
After-Sales , Service Receptionist
Objectives The participant can
> Describe the changed wallbox charging station process and knows the special
considerations
> Explain special considerations in terms of the charging behavior and the range during
customer contact
> In the event of a complaint, distinguish the system function from a malfunction
> Describe the innovations of the new smart BRABUS and describe their function
> Professionally describe and argue in customer meetings
> Name the special considerations of the major assemblies fitted in the vehicle
Contents > Current information on maintenance, repair
> Current information on the subject of charging, charging infrastructure and charging
complaints
> Overview of smart BRABUS model series 453
> Telematics operation
> Overview of the modification years
Mandatory prerequisite T0103E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Systems in Motor
Vehicles – Awareness • e-Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 89
Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T1430F • Vans • Overall Vehicle • Marco Polo and Marco Polo Activity Model Series
447 • Go
Course Number T1430F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe essential functions, controls and repairs for the Westfalia components
> Describe special considerations for the installation/removal of the kitchen unit
> Describe the adjustment of the mechanical and electrical pop-up roof
> Describe the operation and adjustment of the seat rails on the bench including the
berth
> Describe the function and special features of the electrical Westfalia equipment
scopes
> Describe product-specific considerations for spare parts procurement and warranty
code
Contents > Function, operation and repair of the Westfalia components
> Installation and removal of the kitchen unit
> Adjustment of the mechanical and electrical pop-up roof
> Operation and adjustment of the seat rails on the bench including the berth
> Function and special features of the electrical Westfalia equipment scopes
> Product-specific considerations for spare parts procurement and warranty code
Mandatory prerequisite T0804E • Passenger Cars, Vans • Overall Vehicle • V-Class Model Series 447 • e-
Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 90
Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T1609F • Vans • Market Launch • VS 40 for service advisors • Go
Course Number T1609F-AA

Target group Service Advisor, Customer Contact Personnel After-Sales

Objectives The participant can


> Operate the new systems in the vehicle and explain how they work
> Perform initial repair work on the new systems in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions
> Perform initial diagnostic steps required to repair the systems
Contents Procedure for repair work:
> Functions of new systems: drivetrain, comfort, safety and telecommunications
> Operation of these systems
> Maintenance and repair
> Diagnosis
> Special considerations for service
Mandatory prerequisite T1613E • Vans • Market Launch • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 91
Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T1612F • Vans • Parameterizable Special Module • Model Series 639 Vito/Viano,
Model Series 906 Sprinter, Model Series 447 V-Class/Vito • Run
Course Number T1612F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the installation location and the electrical connection of the PSM on the
vehicle
> Parameterize the special module as specified by the customer order, under
consideration of safety-relevant aspects
Contents > Design and function of the parameterizable special module (PSM)
> Standard codings, e.g. engine run-on
> Planning and implementation of freely selectable parameterizations
> Combined parameterization from logic functions such as the timer, counter, threshold
switch, and hysteresis blocks
> Notes on product liability and safety
Mandatory prerequisite T0068E • Vans • Parameterizable Special Module (PSM) • e-Training • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 92
Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T1614E • Vans • Mercedes me • B2B • e-Training • Go
Course Number T1614E-AA

Target group Service Advisor, Customer Contact Personnel After-Sales

Objectives The participant:


> Knows the Mercedes me connect basic and Remote Online services
> Knows the functions and services of the Mercedes me adapter
> Can describe the initial startup of the Mercedes me adapter
> Is familiar with the processes and information flows in Sales and After-Sales
> Knows the advantages for customers and retail
Contents > Mercedes me connect B2B:
- Basic and Remote Online services
- Vehicle linking
- Service queries in retail
> Mercedes me adapter functions, services and initial startup
> Processes and information flows
> Advantages for customers and retail
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%

Duration 1,0 hours

Stand 08/2016 93
Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T1615F • Vans • Mercedes me • B2B • Go
Course Number T1615F-AA

Target group Service Advisor, Customer Contact Personnel After-Sales

Objectives The participant:


> Knows the competitive field and developments in the area of connectivity:
> Knows regulations and measures as well as opportunities and reservations on the
topic of mobile data/data protection
> Can state the basic system setup
> Knows the product scopes of the basic and Remote Online services
> Can name the functions and services of the Mercedes me adapter
> Knows the processes for linking a van for Mercedes me connect and Mercedes me
adapter
> Knows the service processes with regard to Mercedes me connect and Mercedes me
adapter
Contents > Connectivity today
> Boundary conditions and system overview
> Mercedes me connect product scopes and services
> Mercedes me adapter functions and services
> Processes
Mandatory prerequisite T1614E • Vans • Mercedes me • B2B • e-Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 60%, Practice40%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 94
Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T1631F • AMG • Overall Vehicle • Mercedes AMG C-Class (Model Series 205) • Diag-
nosis and Repair • Run
Course Number T1631F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participants can:


> Describe the innovative features of the Mercedes-AMG C-Class (model series 205) and
their function
> Operate the systems and explain their operation
> In the event of a problem, distinguish between a system function and a malfunction
> Describe the overall function of relevant vehicle systems
> Carry out initial relevant repair and diagnostic operations in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions
Contents > Overall vehicles of the Mercedes-AMG C-Class (model series 205)
> Vehicle system operation
> Current information on maintenance, repair and diagnosis
> Overview of repair and diagnosis scopes
> Function of individual systems and overall function across systems
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 95
Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1637Q • Qualification Program • 2017 • Drivetrain System Technician
Course Number T1637Q-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives Participants qualify as Drivetrain System Technicians. Participants receive a certificate


following completion of the qualification program.
Contents
The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins
with the initial test.
Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)
you should book:

> T1637P-AA • Qualification Program • 2017 • Drivetrain System Technician •


Competency Analysis

> T0081E-AA • Passenger Cars • Current CDI Engines • e-Training • Go


> T0445E-AA • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of SDconnect with On-Board Electrical
and Bus Systems • e-Training • Go
> T0514F-AA • Passenger Cars • On-Board Electrical and Bus Systems • Run
> T0841E-AA • Passenger Cars • 6-/8-Cylinder Gasoline Engines • M276 and M278 •
e-Training • Go
> T0873E-AA • Passenger Cars • 4-Cylinder Gasoline Engines • M270 and M274 • e-
Training • Go
> T0874E-AA • Passenger Cars • Diesel Engines • OM607 • e-Training • Run
> T1003F-AA • Passenger Cars • Gasoline Engines • Emphasis on the M270, M274,
M276 and M278 • Diagnosis • Fly
> T1004F-AA • Passenger Cars • Diesel Engines • Emphasis on the OM607, OM651
and OM642 • Diagnosis • Fly
> T1005F-AA • Passenger Cars • Gasoline and diesel engines • Diagnosis and Repair •
Run
> T1006F-AA • Passenger Cars • Automatic Transmissions and All-Wheel Drive •
Diagnosis and Repair • Run
> T1620F-AA • Passenger Cars, smart, FUSO • Diagnosis strategy • Part 1 • Go

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 18,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 96
Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1636E • Qualification Program • 2017 • Drive Train System Technician • Initial Test •
Go
Course Number T1636E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence areas
> An individual training plan is created for the competence area
> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path
Contents Theoretical test in the areas of:
> Engine
> Transmission
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Drive Train System
Technicians.
Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 97
Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1510F • Diesel Engines • OM654 • Diagnosis and Repair • Run
Course Number T1510F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Carry out testing and adjustment operations
> Carry out diagnosis operations
> Initiate required remedial actions
> Carry out professional repairs
Contents The course covers practical and group work on design and function:
> Mechanical engine components
> Sensors and actuators in the subsystems
> Networking of the control units and on-board diagnosis
> Exhaust concept/exhaust treatment
> Testing of injection systems and peripheral systems
> Use of service literature and workshop test equipment
> Diagnosis work with effects and remedies
> Key engine features compared to other diesel engines
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 98
Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1653F • Gasoline and Diesel Engines • Exchange of experience • Fly
Course Number T1653F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participants can:


> Develop a structured procedure based on the customer complaints presented
> Develop solution suggestions in a team and thus expand personal diagnostic
competence in a targeted manner
> Name the new features and modifications to the gasoline and diesel engines
Contents The contents are practical and group work:
> Deepening the knowledge gained in previous engine training courses
> Analyzing current complaints with respect to gasoline and diesel engines
> Problem and case consultation as well as developing solution strategies
> New features and modifications in gasoline and diesel engines
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note The participant is qualified as a Drivetrain System Technician or is a Certified Diagnostic


Technician.

The following must be brought to the training course:

At least two real cases of engine complaints (solved or unsolved) from daily workshop
work.
The case documentation should include at least:
- Repair order with vehicle data and customer complaint
- Vehicle history (vehicle file, VEGA, etc.)
- Initial quick test log and fault freeze frame data
- Initial evaluation of the workshop (customer interview)
- Test steps performed, with test results
- Image and sound documents as files (optional)

Please bring a keychain of your choice with you to the training course.
Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 99
Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1658F • Manual Transmissions • FSG310 • Diagnosis and Repair • Run
Course Number T1658F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives Participants can


> describe the functions of the manual transmission
> carry out testing, adjustment and repair work with a system diagnosis
> determine the degree of wear for components and their usability
> perform diagnostic work on the transmission
Contents > Design and function of manual transmission
> Disassemble manual transmission, establish findings, assemble the transmission and
adjust
Mandatory prerequisite T0039E • Passenger Cars • Manual Transmissions • e-Test • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note Participants can check their knowledge using the CBT programs "Automated Manual
Transmission" Parts 1-2 (order no. 1290 4732, 1290 4733).
The training concludes with a final test.
Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 100


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1657F • Gasoline Engines • M177 and M178 • Diagnosis and Repair • Fly
Course Number T1657F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can


> perform a diagnosis on the engines
> use diagnostic tools and the associated special tools
1> initiate the necessary remedial measures
> perform a professional repair
Contents > Completion of tests and diagnostic work on AMG engines M177 and M178 with the
ME-SFI gasoline injection and ignition systems
> Analysis and rectification of effects of faults on gasoline injection and ignition systems
and the peripheral systems
> Targeted application of service literature (WIS, XENTRY/DAS, TIPS, STI) and workshop
test equipment (special tools)
> Current focal topics
> New features/changes compared to predecessor engines
Mandatory prerequisite S0468E • AMG • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 101


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1596F • All-Wheel Systems • Hydraulic auxiliary drive (HAD) • Run
Course Number T1596F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the advantages compared to conventional all-wheel systems and competitor
systems
> Explain the hydraulic design of the system
> Explain the task and function of the system components
> Explain the function sequences in the system as a whole
> Explain the integration into the electrical networking of the vehicle
> Perform specific diagnosis actuations
> Assess actual values
Contents > Hydraulic Auxiliary Drive in Mercedes-Benz truck
- Advantages
- Design of system and the associated components
- Function
- Diagnosis
Mandatory prerequisite T1555E • Trucks • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 80%, Practice20%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 102


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain and Chassis
Title T1611F • Vans • Diagnosis strategy • On-board electrical system & networking • Go
Course Number T1611F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, System Technician Driving Stability , System Technician
Comfort and Safety , System Technician Telecommunication
Objectives Participants can
> perform specific diagnoses and repair and adjustment work.
> use the XENTRY Kit system with the workshop oscilloscope in diagnoses.
> describe the design and functions of energy management.
> describe the design and functions of lighting systems.
> describe all variants of data transfer used in the van.
> describe the purpose of a diagnosis strategy.
> implement their daily work in a more structured and targeted manner.
Contents > Creation of a diagnostic strategy in accordance with the level model
> Completion of diagnostic work on vehicles with and without a fault code
> Overview of energy management and control unit networking
> Lighting systems, intelligent light system (ILS)
> Use of possible tests with XENTRY Kit and workshop oscilloscope
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 103


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain and Chassis
Title T1502F • Vans • Drivetrain and Suspension • Tips and tricks, latest innovations, ex-
change of experiences for Service Advisors • Go
Course Number T1502F-AA

Target group Service Advisor, Workshop Foreman

Objectives The participant can


> Name the operation, the functions and the system limits of the new driver assistance
systems
> Name the various information media
> Describe roadside assistance measures
> Describe the AdBlue warning strategy
> Describe retrofit options
> Recognize operating errors
> Name key features of the Marco Polo
> Name information media available in the work environment
> Carry out a service reception interview according to the manufacturer's specifications
Contents > Tips and tricks for operating the new V-Class and the Vito
> Function and operation of the new driver assistance systems
> Current problems and their remedy
> Overview of new equipment and aftermarket installations
> Exchange of experiences
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note The current cases from the workshop are dealt with during an exchange of experiences.
Please bring your own topics along to the training course.
Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 104


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain and Chassis
Title T1494F • Vans • Drivetrain and Suspension • Expert Training • Run
Course Number T1494F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:


> State and communicate current new features and modifications for the drivetrain and
suspension
> Perform diagnosis, testing and adjustment operations
> Apply the current category-specific diagnoses and diagnosis aids and evaluate their
results and develop them further
> Describe the various fault types and their effects
> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and goal-oriented manner
Contents > Current new features and modifications for the drivetrain and suspension
> New features and modifications for handling and using current diagnosis equipment
> Current faults and remedial measures
> Exchange of experience and comparison of knowledge participants have gained in
their work with Star Diagnosis, including all individual components
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 105


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain and Chassis
Title T1488E • Vans • Qualification Program • 2016 • Drivetrain and Suspension System
Technician • Initial Test • Go
Course Number T1488E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives Identification of knowledge deficits and support in developing a training plan for the
Drivetrain and Suspension Systems Technician qualification program.
Contents This initial test is an online test designed to assess theoretical knowledge in the following
fields:
> Diesel engines
> Gasoline engines
> Automatic transmissions, manual transmissions, differential and all-wheel drive
> Chassis and driving assistance systems
> On-board electrical system management and networking of drivetrain and suspension
parts systems
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 106


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain and Chassis
Title T1490F • Vans • Gasoline Engines • Function, Diagnosis and Repair • Go
Course Number T1490F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:


> Carry out testing and adjustment operations
> Carry out diagnosis operations
> Initiate required remedial actions
> Carry out professional repairs
> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnosis strategy
> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and goal-oriented manner
Contents Practical and group work focusing on gasoline engines, the design and function of:
> Mechanical engine components
> Sensors and actuators in the subsystems
> Control unit networking
> Exhaust concept/exhaust treatment
> Fuel, injection and ignition system, e.g. air ducting, fuel high- and low-pressure system
> Use of service literature and workshop test equipment
> Diagnosis work with effects and remedies
> Diagnoses according to the levels model
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 107


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain and Chassis
Title T1489F • Vans • Diesel Engines • Function, Diagnosis and Repair • Go
Course Number T1489F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:


> Carry out testing and adjustment operations
> Carry out diagnosis operations
> Initiate required remedial actions
> Carry out professional repairs
> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnosis strategy
> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and goal-oriented manner
Contents The contents encompass practical and group work on design and function
> Mechanical engine components
> Sensors and actuators in the subsystems
> Networking of the control units and on-board diagnosis
> Exhaust concept/exhaust treatment
> Testing of injection systems and peripheral systems
> Use of service literature and workshop test equipment
> Diagnosis work with effects and remedies
> Key features of the individual engines
> Diagnoses according to the levels model
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 108


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain and Chassis
Title T1491F • Vans • Transmission • Manual and Automatic Transmission, Differential and
All-Wheel Drive • Function, Diagnosis and Repair • Go
Course Number T1491F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the function of the transmissions
> Perform test, adjustment and repair work
> Determine the wear of components and define their usability
> Flash the control unit and perform SCN coding
> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnosis strategy
> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and goal-oriented manner
Contents Practical exercises and group work on van transmissions:
> Describe the design and function of transmissions
> System diagnosis and repair
> Test, adjustment and repair work
> Disassembling the transmission, establishing findings, assembly and adjustment
> Flashing the control unit
> SCN coding
> Diagnoses according to the levels model
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 109


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain and Chassis
Title T1492F • Vans • Suspension and Driving Assistance Systems • Function, Operation and
Diagnosis • Go
Course Number T1492F-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability, System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Explain the design and function of the suspension systems
> Describe the design and function of the driving assistance systems
> Operate the assistance systems
> Carry out targeted diagnostic, repair and adjustment operations
> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnostic strategy
> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and targeted manner
Contents The contents are processed on the model series 415, 447 and 906
> Design and function of the suspension and driving assistance systems
> Carrying out possible testing and diagnostic work
> Diagnosis according to the level model
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 110


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain and Chassis
Title T1493F • Vans • On-Board Electrical System Management and Networking • Drivetrain
and Suspension, Function, Diagnosis and Repair • Go
Course Number T1493F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design and new features of the on-board electrical systems and the
current CAN technology and bus systems, and also describe their basic functions
> Describe all variants of data transfer used in the van
> Perform testing and diagnosis of the battery and alternator management system
> Apply the current category-specific diagnoses and diagnosis aids and evaluate their
results and develop them further
> Describe special considerations for the on-board electrical system for the engine and
suspension
> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnosis strategy
> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and goal-oriented manner
Contents The contents cover practical and group work on:
> Overview of overall networking
> On-board electrical system architecture and control unit networking for the engine and
suspension
> Networking of engine systems for the current diesel and gasoline engines
> Automatic transmission, component networking
> Assistance systems, component networking
> Efficient use of networked Star Diagnosis and the DAS, HMS 990 and SD Media
programs
> Basic approach to troubleshooting and diagnosis
> Getting started with diagnosis according to the levels model
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 111


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain and Chassis
Title T1603F • Diagnosis strategy • On-Board Electrical System & Networking • Drive &
Suspension • Go
Course Number T1603F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnostic strategy
> Develop a diagnostic strategy based on the level model
> Apply the current diagnoses and diagnostic aids and evaluate their results and develop
them further
> Describe the various fault types and their effects
> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and targeted manner

> Describe the design of on-board electrical systems, the bus systems used and the
related basic functions in the new truck series
> Describe the functions and interaction between the different subsystems and perform
diagnostic work on these components
> Connect accessories correctly to the new on-board electrical system
Contents > Diagnosis according to the level model
> Faults and fault types
> Application of the diagnostic aids (XENTRY, DAS, etc.)
> Practical work regarding diagnoses with and without fault codes
> Evaluating the on-board diagnosis

> Strategies and practical procedures when diagnosing complex electrical and electronic
drive and suspension systems
> On-board electrical system and bus systems in the new truck model series Actros,
Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI standard (BR 96, 963, 964, 967)
> Working through current topics and diagnostic cases on comfort and
telecommunications systems
Optional prerequisite The participant has good knowledge of Star Diagnosis and the HMS990 or has completed
the training course "T0178F • Cars • Star Diagnosis Stage II • Run".
The two CBTs "Troubleshooting, Success with Logic and all Senses" T0635E (W4754) and
"Diagnostic Strategy, Future Level Model" T0673E (W4799) can be used as preparation.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 112


Chapter Technical Training
Department Service Advisors and Workshop Manager
Title T1520F • Telematics • Truck Connected • Run
Course Number T1520F-AA

Target group Service Advisor

Objectives Participant is familiar with:


> The process sequences for Truck Connected
> The application XENTRY Portal with a focus on trucks
> The information chain between vehicle - CAC - workshop - customer
> The basic functions of the system landscape
> The customer benefit arguments for Truck Connected
The participant can
> Successfully create a customer order in combination with Truck Connected
Contents > Comprehensive knowledge about Truck Connected (CSP Processes & Systems)
> Role of the Service Advisor/KAM@Retail in the process
> Processing of Truck Connected in retail
> Cooperation with CAC, with regard to Truck Connected in particular
> Looking after Truck Connected customers
Optional prerequisite The participant should be familiar with the XENTRY Portal Pro and FleetBoard system.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 113


Chapter Technical Training
Department Service Advisors and Workshop Manager
Title T1639F • Telematics • Active customer management with MB Uptime • Run
Course Number T1639F-AA

Target group Service Advisor

Objectives Participants are familiar with


> the current processes for Uptime
> current use cases for Uptime
> the advantages of using XENTRY Portal pro
> the sales arguments and customer benefits and how to convey them
Contents > Extensive knowledge on Uptime (CSP processes & systems)
> New features/changes in the system
> New features/changes in the processes
> New features/changes for processing in retail
> Exchange of experiences
Optional prerequisite The participant should be familiar with the XENTRY Portal Pro and FleetBoard system.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 114


Chapter Technical Training
Department Service Advisors and Workshop Manager
Title S0472E • Trucks • Market Launch • Product and Service Innovations 2016/2017 •
AKUBIS® direct sales • Go
Course Number S0472E-AA

Target group Salesperson, Customer Contact Consultant After-Sales , Service Manager , Manager ,
Service24h Technician , Service Receptionist , Service Advisor
Objectives The participants:
> Understand the general approach of product and service innovations 2016/2017
> Understand the aim of the general approach of product and service innovations
2016/2017
> Know the most important product and service innovations 2016/2017
Contents Product and service innovations 2016/2017:
> Overall comprehension
> Objective
> Important individual measures
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%

Duration 0,5 hours

Stand 08/2016 115


Chapter Technical Training
Department Telecommunications
Title T1516F • Passenger Cars • Telematics • E-Class Model Series 213 • Innovations •
Run
Course Number T1516F-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant can:


> Explain the structure, function and features of the NTG 5.5 in the E-Class
> Explain the control and display concept
> Operate telematics systems of the NTG 5.5
> Systematically assess telematics complaints
> Perform an initial diagnosis and structured troubleshooting
> Name and, when necessary, apply telecommunication accessories
Contents > NTG 5.5:
- Functions and features
- Networking and connections
- Control and display concept
> Telematics system operation and settings
> Initial assessments of possible complaints
> Telecommunications accessories
> "Current telematics topics"
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 116


Chapter Technical Training
Department Telecommunications
Title T1347F • smart • On-Board Electrical System, Telematics and Innovations • Run
Course Number T1347F-AA

Target group System Technician, User IT Systems

Objectives The participant can:


> Name the on-board electrical system, as well as the locking and telematics systems on
the new smart and name their functions
> Operate the systems in the new smart and explain their operation
> Distinguish between a system function and a malfunction in complaint cases
> Perform relevant repair and diagnosis operations in accordance with the
manufacturer's specifications
Contents > On-board electrical systems
> Networking
> Telematics systems
> System diagnosiss
> Drive authorization system
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 117


Chapter Technical Training
Department Telecommunications
Title T1469F • Trucks • Telematics • FleetBoard • Fly
Course Number T1469F-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant can:


> Handle the following tasks for the model-refined, telematics-supported fleet
management system FleetBoard:
- Properly retrofit the system
- Diagnose the system
- Start up the system
Contents > The product "FleetBoard"
- System description, scope of services and workshop benefits offered by the system
> Technical system in trucks with telematics platform 5 (TP5)
- Components, installation locations, networking and wiring diagrams
- Integration of communications functions in the CGW, base module and the PSM
> Services, servers, data flow
- Interaction with the driver cockpit, server, freight forwarder and the service
operations
> Retrofitting FleetBoard on vehicles with and without preinstallation
> FleetBoard diagnosis/troubleshooting
> Reading out and interpreting data using FleetBoard
> Information on contact persons and a preview of future developments
Optional prerequisite The participant has completed an advanced ("Run") training course in telematics or has
equivalent knowledge.
Mandatory prerequisite T0105E • Trucks, Vans • FleetBoard • e-Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 118


Chapter Technical Training
Department Telecommunications
Title T1470F • Trucks • Telematics • Run
Course Number T1470F-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the scope of telematics systems in trucks
> Understand the physical fundamentals used in the telematics systems
> Diagnose and understand basic malfunctions in telematics systems
> Perform measurement and diagnosis work on the current factory-fitted systems
Contents Practical work on the new truck series Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI
> Basic knowledge of high-frequency technology and antenna systems
> GPS and GSM networks and UMTS
> Design and function of vehicle networks
> Function of GPS, audio and video components
> Inductive charging, inductive antenna
> Simple measurement and diagnosis work on the vehicle using the Workshop
Information System and diagnosis system
Optional prerequisite We recommend participation in the training course "T1028F • Trucks • System
Networking and Instrumentation • Actros, Antos, Arocs, Atego Euro VI Standard (Model
Series 96x, 963, 964, 967) • Run".
Mandatory prerequisite T1389E • Trucks, Vans • Telematics • e-Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 0%, Practice100%

Note The duration of the training course may vary from country to country.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 119


Chapter Technical Training
Department Telecommunications
Title T1498Q • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016 • Telecommunications System Tech-
nician
Course Number T1498Q-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives Participants qualify as Telecommunications System Technicians. Participants receive a


certificate following completion of the qualification program.
Contents
The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins
with the initial test.
Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)
you should book:

> T1498P-AA • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016 • Telecommunications System


Technician • Competency Analysis

> T1389E-AA • Trucks, Vans • Telematics • e-Training • Go


> T1470F-AA • Trucks • Telematics • Run
> T0105E-AA • Trucks, Vans • FleetBoard • e-Training • Go
> T1469F-AA • Trucks • Telematics • FleetBoard • Fly

> T1472E-AA • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016 • Telecommunications System


Technician • Final Test • Go

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Mandatory prerequisite T1267E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence
for System Technicians • Final Test • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 120


Chapter Technical Training
Department Telecommunications
Title T1471E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016 • Telecommunications System Tech-
nician • Initial Test • Go
Course Number T1471E-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence area.
> An individual training plan is created for the competence area.
> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path.
Contents Theoretical test covering the following subjects:
> Telecommunications systems
- Radio
- Telephone
- Navigation
- FleetBoard
Mandatory prerequisite T1267E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence
for System Technicians • Final Test • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Telecommunications
System Technicians.
Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 121


Chapter Technical Training
Department Telecommunications
Title T1472E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2016 • Telecommunications System Tech-
nician • Final Test • Go
Course Number T1472E-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant's knowledge in the competence areas is determined.

Contents This is an online test designed to assess theoretical knowledge in the following fields:
> Telecommunications systems
- Radio
- Telephone
- Navigation
- FleetBoard
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Telecommunications
System Technicians.
Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 122


Chapter Technical Training
Department Telecommunications
Title T1597E • Trucks • Telematics • FleetBoard • e-Training • Go
Course Number T1597E-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant has an overview of the telematics-supported fleet management system
FleetBoard.
Contents > System description and services
> Benefits of the system for workshops and customers
> Components, installation locations and networking
> Services, servers and data flow
> Information about contact persons
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Duration 1,0 hours

Stand 08/2016 123


Chapter Technical Training
Department Telecommunications
Title T1601E • Qualification Program • 2017 • Comfort & Telecommunications System
Technician • Initial Test • Go
Course Number T1601E-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication, System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence area
> An individual training plan is created for the competence area
> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path
Contents Theoretical test covering the following subjects:
> Comfort systems
- Climate control
- Drive Authorization and Locking Systems
- Passive safety systems
> Telecommunications Systems
- Radio
- Telephone
- Navigation
- FleetBoard
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Telecommunications
System Technicians.
Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 124


Chapter Technical Training
Department Mercedes-Benz Service24h
Title V0088P • Passenger Cars, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Organization,
breakdown case processing and customer-oriented behavior at the breakdown location •
Go
Course Number V0088P-AA

Target group Service24h Technician, Diagnosis Technician , System Technician

Objectives Participants:
> Can act under their own responsibility and make entrepreneurial decisions
> Recognize the benefits of the hardware and software solutions used and their
interfaces
> Know what is important in relation to contact with customers and communication in
the event of a breakdown and can apply this knowledge
> Acquire self-assurance in the processes concerning their work as Service24h
technicians
> Can find customer-oriented solutions to problems together with the customer
> Can use Mercedes-Benz mobility and service products
> Can describe the safety measures at the breakdown location to ensure maximum
safety for the customer and themselves
> Recognize the importance of being technically qualified to carry out repairs
> Identify the high value of Mercedes-Benz Service24h and the importance of their work
> Perform the breakdown service independently at the location
> Can adapt to the specific situation at the breakdown location
> Ensure the requisite quality of service in the breakdown service through professional
work and dedication
> Communicate with the customer as the situation requires and find customer-oriented
solutions to problems
Contents Organization, processing and customer-oriented behavior in a breakdown case:
> The breakdown: a challenge for the customer and the Mercedes-Benz Service24h
technician – customer-oriented assistance
> Mercedes-Benz Service24h breakdown case processing, “the” breakdown specialist is
the focus of the customer in the event of a breakdown
> Importance of motivation and commitment for the service quality of Service24h
> Repair order processing
> Warranty and goodwill processing
> Parts supply/procurement
> Mobility packages
> Mercedes-Benz service products
> Securing the breakdown location
> Mercedes-Benz breakdown service, relevant new features/changes for current
breakdown statistics
> Special considerations when working at the breakdown location
Mandatory prerequisite V0156E • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Organization, breakdown case processing and
customer-oriented behavior at the breakdown location • Initial test • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.

Stand 08/2016 125


Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%

Note This package consists of the following modules: V0084F Cars • Mercedes-Benz
Service24h • Organization and Processing • Module 1 • Go and V0085F Cars •
Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Customer-Oriented Behavior in Breakdown Cases •
Module 2 • Go and T0459F Cars, smart • Overall Vehicle • Breakdown Service, On-Site
Repairs, Tips & Support • Run
Duration 7,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016
126
Chapter Technical Training
Department Mercedes-Benz Service24h
Title V0100E • Passenger Cars, Vans, Trucks • Roadside Assistance • Mercedes-Benz Ser-
vice24h • e-Training • Go
Course Number V0100E-AA

Target group Service24h Technician, Warranty Specialist , Service Receptionist , Service Advisor ,
Other , Salesperson , Workshop Foreman
Objectives The participant
> Is familiar with the support services provided by Mercedes-Benz in breakdown cases
> Is familiar with the different process steps and participants in breakdown cases
> Can state the meaning of mobility services for customer loyalty
Contents > Presentation of the service quality provided by Mercedes-Benz
> Presentation of the process chain
> Needs of customers in a breakdown situation
> Process sequence with the involvement of CAC/CCC
> Necessary process steps associated with professional Service24h
> Integration of case-based breakdown/mobility services
> Advantages for the dealer
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%

Duration 0,5 hours

Stand 08/2016 127


Chapter Technical Training
Department Mercedes-Benz Service24h
Title T0158F • Vans • Qualification Program • Mercedes-Benz Service 24h • Run
Course Number T0158F-AA

Target group Service24h Technician

Objectives The participant:


> Can implement technical innovations plus tips and tricks for solutions at the
breakdown location
> Is familiar with the current key damage topics for the vehicle model series that are
relevant to Service24h
> Is able to adjust to specific conditions at the breakdown location
> Can implement specific repair solutions
> Can take responsibility for ensuring the service quality in Service24h through
professional work and commitment
> Can work within the diagnosis guidelines to communicate with the customer as
required by the situation and to find customer-oriented solutions to problems
> Can implement the provisional tire sealing in Service 24h
> Can use the on-board electrical system diagnosis for model series 447 in Service 24h
Contents > New features/modifications to the current model series that are relevant for
Mercedes-Benz Service24h
> Vehicle diagnosis: electrical system, suspension, engine, transmission
> Locating and correcting faults
> Special considerations of on-site work
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 128


Chapter Technical Training
Department Mercedes-Benz Service24h
Title V0089P • Vans, Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Organization, Breakdown Case
Processing and Customer-oriented Behavior at the Breakdown Location • Go
Course Number V0089P-AA

Target group Service24h Technician, Diagnosis Technician , System Technician

Objectives The participant:


> Can act independently and make business decisions
> Recognizes the advantages of the implemented hardware and software solutions and
their interfaces
> Knows what is important for breakdown cases regarding customer contact and
communication and can use this
> Acquires proficiency in processes that pertain to his job as a Service24h technician
> Can find customer-oriented problem solutions with the customer
> Can use Mercedes-Benz mobility and service products
> Can describe the protection at the breakdown location to ensure the highest safety
possible for the customer and himself
> Understands the importance of solid technical expertise in performing repairs
> Recognizes the high value of the topic of Mercedes-Benz Service24h and the
importance of his job
Contents Organization, processing and customer-oriented behavior in breakdown cases:
> The breakdown case: A challenge for both customers and Mercedes-Benz Service24h
technicians – customer-oriented assistance
> Mercedes-Benz Service24h breakdown case processing; "the" specialist in breakdown
assistance is the customer's focus in breakdown cases
> The significance of motivation and commitment for service quality at Mercedes-Benz
Service24h
> Repair order processing
> Warranty and goodwill processing
> Parts supply/procurement
> Mobility services
> Mercedes-Benz service products
> Protection at the breakdown location
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%

Note This package consists of the following modules: V0086F Vans, Trucks • Mercedes-Benz
Service24h • Organization and Processing • Module 1 • Go and V0087F Vans, Trucks •
Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Customer-Oriented Behavior in Breakdown Cases •
Module 2 • Go
Duration 5,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 129


Chapter Technical Training
Department Mercedes-Benz Service24h
Title T1087F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Service24h • Damage Diagnosis and Repair • Sup-
plementary Information for Major Assemblies and Special Vehicles • Run
Course Number T1087F-AA

Target group Service24h Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Locate technical defects on the vehicle
> Make decisions as to whether the repair can be done on site or in the service
operation
> Perform on-site repairs when technically feasible
> Take responsibility for ensuring the service quality in Service24h through professional
work and commitment
> Work within the Diagnosis Guidelines to communicate with the customer as required
by the situation and to find customer-oriented solutions to problems
Contents > Vehicle diagnosis: electrical system, suspension, engine, transmission
> Locating and correcting faults
> Service-related information for vehicles and systems:
- Heavy-duty truck (SLT)
- PTOs
- Bodies, e.g. crane bodies
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 130


Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T0459F • Passenger Cars, smart • Overall Vehicle • Roadside Assistance, on-site re-
pairs, tips & support • Run
Course Number T0459F-AA

Target group Other

Objectives The participant can:


> Independently carry out the Roadside Assistance on-site
> Adjust to specific conditions at the breakdown location
> Ensure the service quality in Roadside Assistance through professional work and
commitment
> Communicate with the customer taking into account the specific situation and find
customer-oriented solutions to problems
Contents > Mercedes-Benz Roadside Assistance, relevant new developments/modifications in
current breakdown statistics
> Special considerations of on-site work
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 131


Chapter Technical Training
Department Fundamentals
Title T1158F • Passenger Cars • Overall Vehicle • Basic Knowledge for New Service Advisors
without Technical Qualification • Go
Course Number T1158F-AA

Target group Service Advisor

Objectives The participant:


> Is familiar with the basic structure of vehicles
> Is familiar with the basic structure, functions, concepts and designs of the engine,
transmission, suspension, electrical components and support systems
> Can respond to simple technical questions from the customer during the service
reception dialog for maintenance services
> Can perform a quick test with XENTRY
Contents > Overview of vehicle types, vehicle design and components
> Overview of body forms and features
> Design of the vehicle interior
> Structure, functions, concepts and designs of the engine, transmission, suspension,
electrical components and support systems
> Quick test with XENTRY
Mandatory prerequisite T0625E • Passenger Cars, Vans
T0652E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 132


Chapter Technical Training
Department Fundamentals
Title T0219F • Passenger Cars • Electrical System • Level I • Go
Course Number T0219F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Cite Ohm's law and apply it during troubleshooting
> Name the most important electrical components in Mercedes-Benz passenger cars
and describe their functions
> Carry out various measurements using the multimeter (current, voltage, resistance)
> Independently conduct simple troubleshooting with the aid of the workshop literature
and a multimeter
Contents > Conductivity of materials
> Voltage types
> Basic electrical variables
> Ohm's law
> Electricity hazards
> Circuit types and their properties
> Terminal designations
> Testing electrical components
> Practical work
Optional prerequisite The participant has successfully worked through CBTs "Fundamentals of Electrics" (order
no. 1290 4747), "Fundamentals of Electrical Components" (1290 4748) and "Wiring
Diagrams" (1290 4722).
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note This course is the first level of the Mercedes-Benz passenger car electrical system basic
qualification series, consisting of three 2-day face-to-face training courses (see the
qualification pathway for maintenance technicians) and several CBTs.
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 133


Chapter Technical Training
Department Fundamentals
Title T0220F • Passenger Cars • Electrical System • Level II • Go
Course Number T0220F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Carry out test, adjustment and repair work using digital multimeters, Star Diagnosis,
including HMS990 Measurement Technology, oscilloscope and the Diagnosis Assistance
System (DAS) on electrical systems in Mercedes-Benz passenger cars
> Apply current Mercedes-Benz test and measuring devices, service literature and
Workshop Information System (WIS) targeted at maintenance, diagnosis and repairs
Contents > Electrical formulas
> Control and regulation
> Oscilloscope
> Sensors and their signal forms
> AC and DC voltage
> Pulse width modulation
> Diagnosis and networking
> Fault types
> Testing electrical components
> Practical work
Optional prerequisite The participant has successfully completed the CBTs "Underlying Principles of Motor
Vehicle Electrics/Electronics" Part 3 (order no. 1290 4749) and "Wiring Diagrams" Part 4
(1290 4015).
Previous participation in the following basic training courses:
> T0219F • Passenger Cars • Electrical System • Level I • Go
> T0177F • Passenger Cars • Star Diagnosis • Level I • Go
or equivalent, well-founded technical knowledge.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note This course is the second level of the Mercedes-Benz passenger car electrical system
training, consisting of three 2-day face-to-face training courses (see the training for
maintenance technicians) and several CBTs.
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 134


Chapter Technical Training
Department Fundamentals
Title T0221F • Passenger Cars • Electrical System • Level III • Go
Course Number T0221F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Reliably handle the current electrical test equipment approved by Mercedes-Benz
> Describe the design and function of different sensors and actuators and name as well
as apply the appropriate measuring and testing options
> Reliably recognize and eliminate resistance issues and disconnections in electrical
lines and connections
> Perform accurate troubleshooting in electrical and electronic components
> Name the different types of networking and perform troubleshooting
Contents > Analog and digital sensors as well as actuators and their areas of application
> Design and function of electrical and electronic circuits and their use in motor vehicles
> Basic functions and types of data transfer
> Basic function and structure of CAN networks
> Practical work
Optional prerequisite The participant has successfully completed the CBTs "Fundamentals of Sensors" (order
no. 1290 4738) and "Sensors in Practice" (1290 4739).
Previous participation in the basic training courses "T0178F • Passenger Cars • Star
Diagnosis • Level II • Run" and participation in the training course "T0220F •
Passenger Cars• Electrical System• Level II • Go" is recommended.
Corresponding solid technical knowledge
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note This course is the third level of the Mercedes-Benz passenger car electrical system
training, consisting of three 2-day face-to-face training courses (see the training for
maintenance technicians) and several CBTs.
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 135


Chapter Technical Training
Department Fundamentals
Title T1316Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Com-
petence for System Technicians • Run
Course Number T1316Q-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant qualifies as a System Technician. Participants receive a certificate


following completion of the qualification program.
Contents
The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins
with the initial test.
Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)
you should book:

> T1316P-AA • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System


Competence for System Technicians • Competency Analysis

> T0004F-AA • Passenger Cars, Vans, Trucks, smart • Diagnosis Strategy 1 • Go


> T0178F-AA • Passenger Cars • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit stage II •
Run
> T0445E-AA • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of SDconnect with On-Board Electrical
and Bus Systems • e-Training • Go
> T0514F-AA • Passenger Cars • On-Board Electrical and Bus Systems • Run

> T1315E-AA • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System


Competence for System Technicians • Final Test • Go

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Duration 8,5 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 136


Chapter Technical Training
Department Fundamentals
Title T1084E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 • Cross-System
Competence for System Technicians • Initial Test • Go
Course Number T1084E-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant's knowledge is determined for the general competence areas.

Contents This is an online test designed to assess theoretical knowledge in the following fields:
> On-board electrical systems and bus systems
> Diagnosis strategy
> VeDoc with read function
> High-voltage in motor vehicles – awareness training
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz System Technicians.

Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 137


Chapter Technical Training
Department Fundamentals
Title T1315E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Com-
petence for System Technicians • Final Test • Go
Course Number T1315E-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant's knowledge is determined for the general competence areas.

Contents This is an online test designed to assess theoretical knowledge in the following fields:
> On-board electrical systems and bus systems
> Diagnosis strategy
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz System Technicians.

Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 138


Chapter Technical Training
Department Fundamentals
Title V0131E • Passenger Cars, smart • Qualification Program • Technical Fundamentals for
Non-Technical Job Profiles • Initial Test
Course Number V0131E-AA

Target group Customer Contact Consultant After-Sales, Other

Objectives The participant:


> Is familiar with the basic structure of vehicles
> Is familiar with the basic structure, functions, concepts and designs of the engine,
transmission, suspension, electrical components and support systems
> Can respond to simple technical questions from the customer during the service
reception dialog for maintenance services
> Can perform a quick test with XENTRY
Contents > Overview of vehicle types, vehicle structure and components
> Overview of body forms and features
> Structure of the vehicle interior
> Structure, functions, concepts and designs of the engine, transmission, suspension,
electrical components and support systems
> Quick test with XENTRY
Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Note This test confirms the basic technical knowledge of employees for non-technical job
profiles. It serves, among other functions, as an entry requirement for Business
Development Specialist.
Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 139


Chapter Technical Training
Department Fundamentals
Title T0119F • Vans • Alternative Drives • Product Qualification of the Vito E-CELL • Go
Course Number T0119F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe and take the required safety precautions for working on the Vito E-CELL
> Describe the task, design, function and location of the high-voltage components
> Properly carry out the preparatory procedures and service operations on the vehicle
> Perform diagnostic operations on the vehicle's high-voltage system
Contents > Task, design and function of high-voltage components in the vehicle
> Procedure for disabling the high-voltage system
> Disable the power in the HV system
> Repair procedure when disabling the high-voltage system (power disable event log,
restart operations, etc.)
> System networking and integration into the overall vehicle network
> Diagnostic work on the vehicle
> Repair information, e.g. installation/removal of components
> Practical work on the vehicle and the system
Mandatory prerequisite T0001F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Qualification for
Motor Vehicles • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 25%, Practice75%

Note In order to successfully conclude the product qualification, you are required to
successfully pass high-voltage awareness and qualification training. IMPORTANT!
Persons with electronic implants (e.g. pacemakers) are not permitted to work on high-
voltage systems. They may not do any practical work on the HV system during training
and are not HV-certified after the conclusion of training.
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 140


Chapter Technical Training
Department Fundamentals
Title T1057F • Trucks • Overall Vehicle • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI (Model
Series 963, 964, 967) • Run
Course Number T1057F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Within the scope of simple maintenance, testing and repair operations, apply
knowledge about the latest
- product technology
- diagnosis technology and
- repair technology
Contents > General product technology
> Networking of electrical systems
> On-board electrical system and electrical systems
> General maintenance and repair work
> Diagnosing and remedying minor malfunctions using the service literature and current
diagnosis systems
Optional prerequisite The participant has successfully completed the training course "T0179F • Trucks, Vans
• Star Diagnosis • Level I • Go" and training course "P0019F • WIS/ASRA 3 for
Workshop Specialists • Go" or has equivalent knowledge.
Mandatory prerequisite T1248E • Trucks • Overall Vehicle • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI (Model
Series 963, 964, 967) • e-Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 3,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 141


Chapter Technical Training
Department Fundamentals
Title T0146F • Trucks • Actros Road Vehicle • Go
Course Number T0146F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can


> Explain the maintenance and operation of the Actros and describe the most important
new features
> Apply knowledge of the latest product, diagnostic and repair technology as part of
simple maintenance, test and repair operations on the drivetrain and chassis
Contents > General Actros product technology
> Design and function:
- KontAct vehicle networking
- Commercial vehicle electrical systems
- Telligent® maintenance system
- Telligent® brake system 2
- Telligent® level control
- Telligent® gearshift
- Current transmission model series
- Model series 500 engines
> Using the service literature
> Operating the on-board diagnostic system
> Adjusting the steering
> PowerShift
> General maintenance and repair work
> Diagnosing and remedying minor faults using the service literature and current
diagnostic systems
Optional prerequisite The participant has successfully completed training course "T0179F • Trucks, Vans •
Star Diagnosis • Level I • Go" and training course "P0019F • WIS/ASRA 3 for Workshop
Specialists • Go" or has equivalent knowledge.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 142


Chapter Technical Training
Department Fundamentals
Title T0141F • Trucks • ZETROS Off-Road Trucks • Run
Course Number T0141F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> apply knowledge regarding the latest product, diagnostic, and repair technology as
part of simple maintenance, testing, and repair activities.
Contents Zetros general product technology
> Basic design and function:
- ABS brake system
- Engine model series 926
- Automatic transmission
- Transmission G131
- Transfer case VG 1700
- Tire pressure control system
> Electrical system for the non-civilian sector
> General maintenance and repair operations
> Diagnosing and remedying minor faults using service literature and current diagnostic
systems
Optional prerequisite The participant has successfully completed the basic training course on the Axor (NLGA -
LL211) or Atego (NLGO - LL213) or has equivalent knowledge.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 143


Chapter Technical Training
Department Fundamentals
Title T0945F • Trucks • Overall Vehicle • Econic Model Series 956 • Go
Course Number T0945F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Operate the new systems in the vehicle and explain how they work
> Perform initial repair work and adjustment operations on the new systems in
accordance with the manufacturer's specifications
> Perform initial diagnosis steps required to repair the systems
Contents > Functions of new systems in the areas of drivetrain, comfort, drive authorization,
safety and suspension
> Operation of systems
> Maintenance and repair
> Diagnosis/XENTRY
> Special considerations for service
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 144


Chapter Technical Training
Department Fundamentals
Title T1058F • Trucks • Special-Purpose Vehicles • Heavy-Duty Truck Model Series 964 •
Go
Course Number T1058F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Operate the new systems in the vehicles and explain how they work
> Perform initial repair work on the new systems in accordance with the manufacturer's
specifications
> Perform initial diagnosis steps required to repair the systems
Contents > Additional systems of the heavy-duty truck
> Operation of these systems
> Maintenance and repair
> Diagnosis/XENTRY
> Special considerations for service
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 145


Chapter Technical Training
Department Fundamentals
Title T1261Q • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence
for System Technicians
Course Number T1261Q-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant qualifies as a system technician. Participants receive a certificate


following completion of the qualification program.
Contents
The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins
with the initial test.
Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)
you should book:

> T1261P-AA • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System


Competence for System Technicians • Competency Analysis

> T0004F-AA • Passenger Cars, Vans, Trucks, smart • Diagnosis Strategy 1 • Go


> T0180F-AA • Trucks, Vans • XENTRY Kit & Star Diagnosis • Level II • Run
> T1028F-AA • Trucks • System Networking and Instrumentation • Actros, Antos,
Arocs, Atego Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run

> T1267E-AA • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System


Competence for System Technicians • Final Test • Go

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 11,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 146


Chapter Technical Training
Department Fundamentals
Title T1266E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence
for System Technicians • Initial Test • Go
Course Number T1266E-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the general competence area.
> An individual training plan is created for the competence area.
> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path.
Contents Theoretical test covering the following subjects:
> On-board electrical systems and bus systems
> Diagnosis strategy
> Star Diagnosis
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz System Technicians.

Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 147


Chapter Technical Training
Department Fundamentals
Title T1267E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence
for System Technicians • Final Test • Go
Course Number T1267E-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant's knowledge is determined for the general competence areas.

Contents This is an online test designed to assess theoretical knowledge in the following fields:
> On-board electrical systems and bus systems
> Diagnosis strategy
> Star Diagnosis
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz System Technicians.

Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 148


Chapter Technical Training
Department Maintenance
Title T0216F • Passenger Cars • Maintenance Service • Go
Course Number T0216F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives

Contents

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 80%, Practice20%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 149


Chapter Technical Training
Department Maintenance
Title T0694F • Passenger Cars • Maintenance Service • New types • New Features and
Modifications • Run
Course Number T0694F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant is familiar with:


> The procedure for reliably performing maintenance services on new car models
> The scope of maintenance for model changes and new models
> The latest tools and aids for maintenance and the way they are used
Contents > Service targets (zero-error target)
> Tools and shop aids
> New features and modifications to the maintenance procedures
> Special features in new vehicle models (modifications/new features)
> Service measures and their processing
> Importance of external appearance (what does the customer see?)
> Maintenance services and their importance for customer satisfaction
> Importance of workshop tests
> Workshop quality handbook
Optional prerequisite Participation in a maintenance service basic training (Go) within the past 2 years or a
maintenance service advanced training (Run) within the past calendar year.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note In accordance with the specifications in the Mercedes-Benz maintenance service training
manual, employees that perform maintenance services must participate in a basic
maintenance service training (Go) every three years and a maintenance service advanced
training (Run) for new features/modifications and new models every year.
Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 150


Chapter Technical Training
Department Maintenance
Title T0213F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Product Technology • Maintenance and
Service • Go
Course Number T0213F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Name the different vehicles, major assemblies and systems and their correlation with
model series and vehicle models
> Operate the necessary systems for carrying out maintenance and repair work on
passenger cars, such as ASSYST and ASSYST Plus
> Carry out different maintenance operations according to the maintenance procedures
Contents Basic information on the following topics:
> Overview of Mercedes-Benz passenger car models
> Innovations
> Vehicle documentation and vehicle data card
> Design group overview and logic
> Symbols in the documentation
> Importance and use of the Specifications for Operating Fluids
> Work units and texts
> Need for maintenance
> Design and function of maintenance systems (ASSYST and ASSYST Plus)
> Systems that need particular attention, such as:
- Drive authorization
- Airmatic
- Automatic transmission
- Sensotronic Brake Control SBC™
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 60%, Practice40%

Note This training course will convey the information required to perform maintenance and
repair work on Mercedes-Benz passenger cars. The design and the operation/function of
the individual maintenance systems and items are specifically worked on in practical
work.
The content of this course is required for maintenance technicians to safely and
effectively perform maintenance work on Mercedes-Benz passenger cars with the help of
valid service information.
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 151


Chapter Technical Training
Department Maintenance
Title T0389F • smart • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit • Go
Course Number T0389F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Name the components of Star Diagnosis and describe their functions
> Identify a vehicle, perform a quick test and read out and erase the vehicle's fault
memory
> Describe what processes are required to operate Star Diagnosis in an authorized
smart® service operation
> List the components and fields of application of the HMS990
> Operate the HMS990 in conjunction with Star Diagnosis
Contents > Overview of all Star Diagnosis application programs (StarUtilities, DAS, HMS990)
> Identify vehicle in DAS, perform a quick test, erase the fault memory
> Processes related to Star Diagnosis, e.g. licenses, activating, updates, integrating SD
into the dealer's IT network (WLAN)
> TAN generator, basics of online SCN coding
> Measurement Technology (HMS990) hardware and design, fields of application and
use of the HMS990
Optional prerequisite Before the start of the seminar, the "Star Diagnosis" CBT was worked through on your
own.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 15%, Practice85%

Note The content of this course corresponds to course "T0177F• Cars • Star Diagnosis •
Level I • Go".
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 152


Chapter Technical Training
Department On-board Electrical System, Bus System
Title T0004F • Passenger Cars, Vans, Trucks, smart • Diagnosis Strategy 1 • Go
Course Number T0004F-AA

Target group System Technician, FUSO-Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnosis strategy
> Develop an all-categories diagnosis strategy based on the levels model
> Apply the current category-specific diagnoses and diagnosis aids, evaluate their results
and develop them further
> Describe the various fault types and their effects
> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and goal-oriented manner
Contents > Diagnoses according to the levels model
> Faults and fault types
> Application of the category-specific diagnosis aids (XENTRY, DAS, etc.)
> Practical work regarding diagnoses with and without fault codes
> Evaluating the on-board diagnosis
Optional prerequisite The participant has good knowledge of Star Diagnosis as well as HMS990 or has
completed training course "HMS990 T0178F • Passenger Cars • Star Diagnosis Level II
• Run" or "T0180F • Trucks, Vans • Star Diagnosis Level II • Run".
The two CBTs "Troubleshooting, Success with Logic and All Senses" T0635E (W4754)
and "Diagnosis Strategy, Future Level Model" T0673E (W4799) can be used as
preparation.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 153


Chapter Technical Training
Department On-board Electrical System, Bus System
Title T0514F • Passenger Cars • On-Board Electrical and Bus Systems • Run
Course Number T0514F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Perform a specific diagnosis in the current on-board electrical systems
> Successfully diagnose various systems in networking
> Repair considering EMC measures
Contents > Design, function of on-board electrical system and energy management
- Information evaluation of the intelligent battery sensor
- ECO start/stop function
> Current data bus systems in passenger cars
- Topology of vehicle networking
- Functions and data transfers in networking
> Control unit networking
- Control unit coding and software programming
- Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
> Diagnostic work with troubleshooting on current model series
Mandatory prerequisite T0445E • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of SDconnect with On-Board Electrical and
Bus Systems • e-Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Note The participant is proficient in the use of Star Diagnosis and Hermann Measurement
Technology. He/she has a good knowledge of vehicle electronics and electrical
components.
Participants can test and refresh their knowledge using the CBT programs "Principles of
Motor Vehicle Electronics" parts 1-3 (order nos. 12904757, 12904758, 12904759) and
"Sensors and Actuators" (12904012).
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 154


Chapter Technical Training
Department On-board Electrical System, Bus System
Title T0445E • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of SDconnect with On-Board Electrical and
Bus Systems • e-Training • Go
Course Number T0445E-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can describe the design and functions of the on-board electrical systems
and bus systems
Contents Fundamental knowledge of
> Design and function of on-board electrical and bus systems
> Current data bus technologies
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The participant is proficient in the use of Star Diagnosis and Hermann Measurement
Technology. He/she has a good knowledge of vehicle electronics and electrical
components.
Participants can check and refresh their level of knowledge with CBT programs
"Principles of Motor Vehicle Electronics" Parts 1 to 3 (order no. 1290 4757/4758/4759
) and "Sensors and Actuators" (1290 4012).
Duration 1,0 hours

Stand 08/2016 155


Chapter Technical Training
Department On-board Electrical System, Bus System
Title T0788F • Passenger Cars • Wiring Harness Repair • Go
Course Number T0788F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:


> Analyze wiring harness damage and determine the required repair method
> Search for necessary information in EPC and WIS
> Perform common wiring harness repairs with the tools
Contents > Damage diagnosis and repair procedure for wiring harnesses
> Working with electrical wiring diagrams and figures in WIS and EPC
> Identifying part numbers in EPC and WIS
> Notes for qualified queries in the TIPS case module
> Using the repair tools
> Performing practical repairs
Optional prerequisite Participants can test and refresh their knowledge using the e-Training "T0445E •
Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of SDconnect with On-Board Electrical and Bus Systems
• e-Training • Go".
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 25%, Practice75%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 156


Chapter Technical Training
Department On-board Electrical System, Bus System
Title T0250F • Vans • System Networking and Instrumentation • Sprinter BR 906, Vi-
to/Viano BR 639 • Run
Course Number T0250F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design and new features of the on-board electrical systems and the
current CAN technology and bus systems, and also describe their basic functions
> Describe all variants of data transfer used in the van
> Describe the functions and diagnosis of the battery and alternator management
system
> Describe how to activate the latest ECO start/stop function in the network
> Propose solutions for current complaints
Contents > Complete on-board electrical system architecture and control unit networking,
including CAN technology, for the current van model series
> Battery sensor, battery management and alternator management
> Headlamp variants and their adjustment
> Interrelation of different systems within the overall network
> Current topics and diagnostic cases
Optional prerequisite The participant has very good knowledge in the field of vehicle electrical systems and is
proficient in the use of the Workshop Information System (WIS), Diagnosis Assistance
System (DAS), Measurement Technology (HMS) and wiring diagrams.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note Participants can test and refresh their knowledge using the CBT programs "W4756 •
Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBTT • Test on Fundamentals of Networking • Go" and
"Sensors in Motor Vehicles", "W4738 • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBTT • Test on
Sensors in Motor Vehicles • Part 1 • Go", "W4739 • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans •
CBTT • Test on Sensors in Motor Vehicles • Part 2".
This course is the basic training course for all prospective van system technicians.
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 157


Chapter Technical Training
Department On-board Electrical System, Bus System
Title T0795F • Vans • System Networking and Instrumentation • Sprinter Facelift, Vi-
to/Viano, Citan (Model Series 906, 639, 415) • Run
Course Number T0795F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design and new features of the on-board electrical systems and the
current CAN technology and bus systems, and also describe their basic functions
> Describe all variants of data transfer used in the van
> Describe the functions and diagnosis of the battery and alternator management
system
> Describe how to activate the latest ECO start/stop function in the network
> Describe particular features of the Citan's on-board electrical system
> Propose solutions for current complaints
Contents The training will cover the model-refined Sprinter (BR 906), the current Vito/Viano (BR
639) and the Citan:
> Complete on-board electrical system and control unit networking, including CAN
technology
> Battery sensor, battery management and alternator management
> Headlamp variants and their adjustment
> Interrelation of different systems within the overall network
> Current topics and diagnostic cases
> The latest on the Citan
Optional prerequisite The participant has very good knowledge in the field of vehicle electrical systems and is
proficient in the use of the Workshop Information System (WIS), Diagnosis Assistance
System (DAS), Measurement Technology (HMS) and wiring diagrams.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note Participants can test and refresh their knowledge using the CBT programs "W4756 •
Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBTT • Test on Fundamentals of Networking • Go" and
"Sensors in Motor Vehicles", "W4738 • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBTT • Test on
Sensors in Motor Vehicles • Part 1 • Go", "W4739 • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans •
CBTT • Test on Sensors in Motor Vehicles • Part 2".
This course is the basic training course for all prospective van system technicians.
Duration 3,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 158


Chapter Technical Training
Department On-board Electrical System, Bus System
Title T1306F • Vans • System Networking and Instrumentation • New V-Class and New Vito
(Model Series 447) • Run
Course Number T1306F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design of the on-board electrical system and correctly assign its
components
> Describe special energy storage variants and systems
> Diagnose the different bus systems and overall network
> Explain the tasks and functions of new control units and systems
> State the purpose of the battery, on-board electrical system and alternator
management
> Describe the new lighting variants, especially headlamp technology and Intelligent
Light Systems
> Diagnose the electrical systems
Contents This course covers the following topics for the new V-Class and the new Vito (model
series 447):
> Complete on-board electrical system architecture including backup and additional
batteries
> All power supply variants with backup concept for voltage stabilization
> Battery sensor, battery management and alternator management
> Networking the control units and bus variants
> New exterior lighting equipment
> New control units
> Support systems
Optional prerequisite The participant has very good knowledge in the field of vehicle electrical systems and is
proficient in the use of the Workshop Information System (WIS), Diagnosis Assistance
System (DAS), Measurement Technology (HMS) and wiring diagrams.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 159


Chapter Technical Training
Department On-board Electrical System, Bus System
Title T0254F • Vans • Parameterizable Special Module (PSM) • Vito and Viano BR 639,
Sprinter BR 906 • Run
Course Number T0254F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design and function of the parameterizable special module and its
integration in the on-board electrical system
> Parameterize the special module as specified by the customer order, under
consideration of safety-relevant aspects
> Perform targeted diagnoses
Contents > Design and function of the parameterizable special module
> Standard coding, e.g. retarder, rpm control, recreational vehicles, Kerstner refrigerated
vehicles and taxis
> Planning and implementation of freely selectable parameters
> Combined parameterization consisting of logic functions such as the timer, threshold
switch, counter, flip-flop, hysteresis block and logic block
> Practice-oriented parameterization exercises using the service literature
> Power take-offs
> Engine functions, such as constant/variable working speed control, external engine
start/stop
> Notes on the body manufacturer CAN
> Notes on product liability
Optional prerequisite The participant is conversant with the operation and handling of the measuring and
diagnostic equipment.
Mandatory prerequisite T0068E • Vans • Parameterizable Special Module (PSM) • e-Training • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 160


Chapter Technical Training
Department On-board Electrical System, Bus System
Title T0253F • Vans • Practice-Oriented Supplementary Training on the Parameterizable
Special Module (PSM) • Sprinter (BR 906) and Vito, Viano • Run
Course Number T0253F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can


> Refresh and deepen the knowledge gained from previous PSM training courses
> Supplement what has been learned with specific practical work
> Scope out solutions by examining the parameterization cases brought to the course
> Learn from the experience of other participants
Contents > Refresh and deepen knowledge about PSMs
> Work through the case studies brought to the course
> Tips and tricks
> Exchange of experience
Mandatory prerequisite T0068E • Vans • Parameterizable Special Module (PSM) • e-Training • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 25%, Practice75%

Note Participants in this training course must possess a fair amount of PSM experience.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 161


Chapter Technical Training
Department On-board Electrical System, Bus System
Title T0244F • Trucks • On-board Electrical Systems, System Networking, Instrumentation •
Actros, Axor, Atego • Run
Course Number T0244F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design of on-board electrical systems, the CAN technology used and the
related basic functions in the Actros (BR 93x), Axor2 and Atego2
> Describe the functions and interactions of the various subsystems, including their
sensors and actuators, and conduct diagnostic operations on them
> Describe the design and function of current instruments and parameterize them
> Connect accessories correctly to the new on-board electrical system
Contents > On-board electrical system architecture and CAN technology in the Actros (BR 93x),
Axor2 and Atego2 truck model series
> Strategies and practical procedures to follow when diagnosing complex electrical and
electronic systems
> By means of fault simulation and appropriate diagnostic operations, familiarization
with the interplay and typical interactions of the various subsystems through practical
work
> Work through current topics and diagnostic cases
Optional prerequisite The participant has worked through the CBT programs "Controller Area Network
(Passenger Cars and Commercial Vehicles)" Part 1 – Fundamentals (order no. 1290
4716) and "Actros Networking" Parts 1-2 (1290 4330/ 31).
In addition to this, he/she has very good knowledge about electrical and electronic
systems and has attended the training course "T0004F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans,
smart • Diagnosis Strategy 1 • Go". The participant is proficient in the use of Star
Diagnosis, including HMS 990.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Note Participants can check and refresh their knowledge using the CBT program "Wiring
Diagrams" Parts 1-3 (order no. 1290 4722/ 23 and 1290 4312). The content of this
training is directed at system/repair technicians with little experience in on-board
electrical systems.
Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 162


Chapter Technical Training
Department On-board Electrical System, Bus System
Title T1028F • Trucks • System Networking and Instrumentation • Actros, Antos, Arocs,
Atego Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run
Course Number T1028F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design of on-board electrical systems, the bus systems used and the
related basic functions in the new truck series
> Describe the functions and interaction between the different subsystems and perform
diagnostic work on these components
> Describe the design and function of the current instrumentation
> Connect accessories correctly to the new on-board electrical system
Contents > On-board electrical system and bus systems in the new truck series Actros, Antos,
Arocs and Atego Euro VI (BR 96, 963, 964, 967)
> Strategies and practical procedures when diagnosing complex electrical and electronic
systems
> Fault simulations and associated diagnostic operations to familiarize participants with
the interplay and typical interdependencies of the various subsystems through practical
exercises
> Work through current topics and diagnostic cases
Optional prerequisite The participant has completed the CBT programs "Controller Area Network (Passenger
Cars and Commercial Vehicles) Part 1 – Fundamentals" (order no. 1290 4716) and
"Actros Network – Parts 1-2" (order no. 1290 4330/31).
He/she also has excellent knowledge of electrical and electronic systems. The
participant is proficient in the use of Star Diagnosis, including HMS 990.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note Participants can test and refresh their knowledge using the CBT program "Wiring
Diagrams" Parts 1-3 (order no. 1290 4722/23 and 1290 4312). The content of this
training is intended for repair technicians with little experience regarding on-board
electrical systems.
Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 163


Chapter Technical Training
Department Service Advisors and Workshop Manager
Title S0403E • Passenger Cars • Product Expertise • New Features and Modifications for
NTG 5.5 • e-Training • Go
Course Number S0403E-AA

Target group Salesperson, Service Advisor

Objectives The participant:


> Is familiar with the new features in the area of NTG 5.5 telematics
> Can provide a needs-based explanation of the functions and customer benefits of the
new features
Contents > Current topics and innovations
> NTG 5.5 highlights
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%

Duration 0,5 hours

Stand 08/2016 164


Chapter Technical Training
Department Service Advisors and Workshop Manager
Title S0311E • Passenger Cars • Product Expertise • New Features and Modifications for
NTG 5 • e-Training • Go
Course Number S0311E-AA

Target group Salesperson, Service Advisor

Objectives The participant:


> Is familiar with the new features in the area of NTG 5 telematics
> Can provide a needs-based explanation of the functions and customer benefits of the
new features
Contents > Current topics and innovations
> NTG 5 highlights
> Q&A from the 2014 EuroTraining
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%

Duration 0,5 hours

Stand 08/2016 165


Chapter Technical Training
Department Service Advisors and Workshop Manager
Title T1026F • Trucks • Product Knowledge for Service Advisors • Run
Course Number T1026F-AA

Target group Service Advisor

Objectives The participant can:


> Identify the causes of vehicle complaints through targeted customer interviews,
vehicle checks and fault symptom descriptions, and prepare efficient diagnosis for the
workshop
> Read out the malfunctions/faults in the vehicle with the help of the on-board diagnosis
system
> (Roughly) describe the design and function of
- The vehicle network
- The comfort systems and assign settings
- The telematics systems and operate the various devices
> Operate FleetBoard online
> Introduce measures to remedy vehicle complaints with the help of the technical
workshop literature (WIS/TIPS)
> Describe new technical features/modifications
> Name the current service measures and describe the required tasks
Contents For new truck series Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro 6
> New technical features/modifications and current service measures
> Design and function of
- Comfort systems
- Telematics systems (http and Java)
- Vehicle networking
> Notes and tips on
- Special equipment and retrofitting
- Design groups
> Service reception and diagnosis process and information transfer to the workshop
> Exchange of experience and sample cases brought in by the participants
Optional prerequisite The participant is a service advisor and has basic knowledge of our truck product range.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 60%, Practice40%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 166


Chapter Technical Training
Department Service Advisors and Workshop Manager
Title T1025F • Trucks • Telematics • FleetBoard for Service Advisors • Internet Application
• Run
Course Number T1025F-AA

Target group Service Advisor

Objectives The participant can:


> Operate the telematics-supported fleet management system FleetBoard in a
competent manner
> Conduct troubleshooting via the Internet
> Advise the customer on service and maintenance
Contents > System description, functions of FleetBoard and services of Daimler AG
> Use of
- SPPS and telediagnosis as Daimler services
- FleetBoard with maintenance forecast (incl. WIS) and telediagnosis (incl. TIPS)
> Processes for CAC and non-CAC customers in immobility cases
> Customer-benefit arguments for active maintenance planning
> Offer creation through the systems
> New interface with Java
> New telediagnosis function
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note This training course is for operations looking to acquire certification as a FleetBoard
Premium Partner. The training focuses on telediagnosis and maintenance management.
Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 167


Chapter Technical Training
Department Service Advisors and Workshop Manager
Title T1082F • Trucks • Product Knowledge for Service Advisors • Powertrain and Suspen-
sion • Actros, Arocs, Atego Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run
Course Number T1082F-AA

Target group Service Advisor

Objectives The participant can:


> Read out the malfunctions/faults in the vehicle with the help of the on-board diagnosis
system
> (Roughly) describe design and function
- Of the vehicle network
- Of the powertrain, suspension, and driving assistance systems
- Of the maintenance systems and assign settings
> Introduce measures for rectification of vehicle complaints with the help of the
technical workshop literature
> Describe new technical features/modifications in the current truck model series
Contents > Design and function
- Of vehicle networking
- Of engine and transmission management
> Of the level control system and brake system
> Of the driving assistance systems
> Service-relevant parameters in the maintenance system
> Working with technical workshop literature
> New technical features/modifications
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note The participant is a service advisor and has basic knowledge of the Mercedes-Benz truck
product range.
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 168


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis
Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run
Course Number T0005F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Develop a complex diagnostic strategy for all vehicle divisions based on the five-levels
model and complaint analysis
> Generate complaint-related orders
> Develop a troubleshooting tree
> Implement complex troubleshooting strategies
> Prepare documentation that is in line with audit requirements
Contents > Complex diagnoses according to the levels model
> Complaint analysis
> Consolidating knowledge on the use of vehicle division-specific diagnostic aids
(DAS,...)
> Practical work/diagnosis based on fault symptoms and specified/actual values
> Evaluating the on-board diagnosis
> Fault diagnosis with stored and non-stored fault codes
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 169


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T0372Q • smart • Qualification Program
Course Number T0372Q-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives Participants qualify as a smart certified diagnosis technician.

Contents
The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins
with the initial test.
Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)
you should book:

> T0372P-AA • smart • Qualification Program • Competency Analysis

> T0005F-AA • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified


Diagnosis Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run
> T0396F-AA • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical System • Run
> T0397F-AA • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain and Suspension •
Run

> T0398F-AA • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test • Run

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Optional prerequisite Before signing up for the certification program, you should have good knowledge of
systematic troubleshooting procedures and of the workshop systems, including Star
Diagnosis. Good knowledge of the on-board electrical system and vehicle networking is
also required.
Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 14,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 170


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T1054Q • smart • Certification Program • 2016 • Certified Diagnostic Technician
Course Number T1054Q-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant qualifies as a Certified smart Diagnostic Technician.

Contents The certification program for smart diagnostic technicians consists of individual training
courses. The certification program begins with the initial test (T1010F • smart •
Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test • Go). It involves a practical and theoretical
test concerning the strategic approach and transfer behavior during everyday business.
Furthermore, it assesses theoretical knowledge in the fields of electrical components,
comfort, telematics and drivetrain. Once you have passed the initial test, you will receive
an overview of the training courses to be booked before the examination. If you do not
pass the initial test, you will receive detailed information about the fields in which you are
still lacking the requisite knowledge. You may prepare for the next initial test through
workplace measures or by attending training sessions.
Once you have all the necessary qualifications, you can register for the final test (T0995F
• smart • Certified Diagnostic Technician • Test • Run).
Following successful completion, you will receive a certificate as a Certified Diagnostic
Technician.
The certification program consists of the following individual training courses.

> T1010F-AA • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Initial Test

> T0005F-AA • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified


Diagnosis Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run
> T0992F-AA • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical Components,
Comfort and Telematics • Run
> T1401F-AA • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Run

> T0995F-AA • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test • Run

As soon as all your certifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Optional prerequisite Before signing up for the certification program, you should have good knowledge of
systematic troubleshooting procedures and of the workshop systems, including Star
Diagnosis. Good knowledge of the on-board electrical system and vehicle networking is
also required.
You can obtain or refresh this knowledge by attending training courses in the four
proficiencies (drive, suspension, comfort and telecommunications systems) from the
System Technician qualification program. Ideally, you will have successfully completed
two System Technician qualification courses.
As preparation for the final test, you can sign up for the training course "T0797F • smart
• Certified Diagnostic Technicians • Test Preparation • Run". In this training course,

Stand 08/2016 171


practical work is carried out on vehicles under real test conditions.

Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 11,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016
172
Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T1010F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Initial Test
Course Number T1010F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives > Participants' knowledge and skills have been determined


> Participants and the dealership have been informed about admission to the training
> Participants and the dealership have been informed about the admission prerequisites
> An individual training plan has been prepared in the event of admission
> Participants and the dealership have been informed about the individual training plan
Contents > This test determines participants' theoretical knowledge in the competence areas on
the topics:
> Electrical systems, comfort, telematics for smart model series 453 on the topics: on-
board electrical system, networking, heating/air conditioning, drive authorization and
locking systems, illumination, windshield wipers, telematics and radio
> Drivetrain for current gasoline engines M281/M281LA in the smart model series 453
Optional prerequisite > T0004F • Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Diagnosis Strategy 1 • Go
> T0177F • Cars • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit & Star Diagnosis Level I
• Go
> T0178F • Passenger Cars • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit & Star
Diagnosis Level II • Run
> T0635E • Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Successful Troubleshooting: Using Common
Sense and All Your Senses • e-Test • Go
> T0673E • Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • CBT • Diagnostic Strategy • Level Model • e-
Test • Go
> T0628E • Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Fundamentals of Automotive Electrical Systems
• Part 1 • e-Test • Go
> T0629E • Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Fundamentals of Automotive Electrical Systems
• Part 2 • e-Test • Go
> T0630E • Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Fundamentals of Automotive Electrical Systems
• Part 3 • e-Test • Go
> T0619E • Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Sensors in Motor Vehicles • Part 1 • e-Test •
Go
> T0620E • Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Sensors in Motor Vehicles • Part 2 • e-Test •
Go
Training Depth Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note The test is a part of the training series for smart Certified Diagnostic Technicians.

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 173


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T0992F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical Components, Comfort and
Telematics • Run
Course Number T0992F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Generate a comprehensive complaint analysis using the four levels model
> Independently develop a strategic plan
> Plan and implement the next steps
> Efficiently employ the right knowledge resources to solve the problem
> Create complete, comprehensible documentation for diagnosis, including the game
and players
> Completely repair the vehicle according to manufacturer specifications and in
compliance with accident prevention regulations, and hand over the vehicle in a ready-to-
drive condition to the CSA
Contents > Vehicle networking
> On-board electrical system and battery management
> Electrical systems
Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis
Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run
T1010F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Initial Test
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 3,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 174


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T1401F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Run
Course Number T1401F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Generate a comprehensive complaint analysis using the four levels model
> Independently develop a strategic plan
> Plan and implement the next steps
> Efficiently employ the right knowledge resources to solve the problem
> Create complete, comprehensible documentation for diagnosis, including the game
and players
> Completely repair the vehicle according to manufacturer specifications and in
compliance with accident prevention regulations, and hand over the vehicle in a ready-to-
drive condition to the CSA
Contents > Drivetrain networking
> Fuel circuit on the gasoline engine
> Engine management on the gasoline engine
> Diagnosis on the gasoline engine
Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis
Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run
T0992F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical Components, Comfort and
Telematics • Run
T1010F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Initial Test
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 175


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T0797F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test preparation • Run
Course Number T0797F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Implement the test process
> Assess his/her learning needs
> Assess his/her practical abilities
Contents > Explanation of the test process
> Explanation of the automotive diagnostic process
> Troubleshooting based on the levels model and the complaint analysis
> Consolidation of the material covered in training courses T0005F, T0992F, T1401F
Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis
Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run
T0992F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical Components, Comfort and
Telematics • Run
T1010F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Initial Test
T1401F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Note The course is not part of the training series for becoming a smart Diagnostic Technician
and may be optionally booked as preparation for the test.
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 176


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T0995F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test • Run
Course Number T0995F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives Determination of theoretical and practical knowledge and skills (behavior during
problem-solving).
Contents According to the test regulations:
> 3 x 40 minutes theory (Organization; Electrical, comfort, telematics systems;
Drivetrain)
> 1 x 70 minutes practical work (1)
> 1 x 80 minutes practical work (2)
> 1 x 30 minutes oral test
Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis
Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run
T0992F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical Components, Comfort and
Telematics • Run
T1010F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Initial Test
T1401F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 177


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T0944F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • smart BR 453 • Further Training •
Fly
Course Number T0944F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can develop diagnoses on complex systems independently and take
remedial measures.
Contents Diagnosis and repair on smart model series 453.

Mandatory prerequisite T0398F • smart • Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test • Run


This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 178


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T1012F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test
• Go
Course Number T1012F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives > Practical test with identification of strategic approach using a practical example
> Test of practical application from diagnostic strategy T0004F
> Application of diagnostic tools (HMS 990, measuring and testing equipment for the
respective exercise)
> Application of knowledge sources (WIS, TIPS) according to requirements (exercise)
> Diagnostic work on electrical,system, comfort, telematics and drivetrain
> The participants' expertise and skills have been determined in the areas of conceptual
and practical knowledge
> Participants and the dealership have been informed about the job profile requirements
for the Diagnostic Technician
> An individual training plan has been prepared according to the demonstrated
performance and based on the current training history
> Participants and the dealership have been informed in writing about the individual
training plan as well as the admission to the Diagnostic Technician training course or of
the training prerequisites which still must be fulfilled before admission
Contents > This test determines participants' theoretical knowledge in the competence areas on
the topics:
> Electrical systems, comfort, telematics for E-Class model series 213 on the topics: on-
board electrical system, networking, heating/air conditioning, drive authorization and
locking systems, illumination, windshield wipers, telematics and radio
> Drivetrain for the engines M276 Turbo and OM642LS in the model series E-Class
(model series 213) and S-Class (model series 222)
Optional prerequisite > T0177F • Cars • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit & Star Diagnosis Level I
• Go
> T0179F • Cars • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit & Star Diagnosis Level II
• Run
> T0635E • Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Successful Troubleshooting: Using Common
Sense and All Your Senses • e-Test • Go
> T0673E • Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • CBT • Diagnostic Strategy • Level Model • e-
Test • Go
> T0628E • Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Fundamentals of Automotive Electrical Systems
• Part 1 • e-Test • Go
> T0629E • Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Fundamentals of Automotive Electrical Systems
• Part 2 • e-Test • Go
> T0630E • Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Fundamentals of Automotive Electrical Systems
• Part 3 • e-Test • Go
> T0619E • Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Sensors in Motor Vehicles • Part 1 • e-Test •
Go
> T0620E • Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Sensors in Motor Vehicles • Part 2 • e-Test •
Go

Stand 08/2016 179


Mandatory prerequisite T0004F • Passenger Cars, Vans, Trucks, smart • Diagnosis Strategy 1 • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note The test is part of the training series to become a Certified Mercedes-Benz Passenger
Car Diagnostic Technician T1009Q.
Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016
180
Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T1278F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Electrical
Components, Comfort and Telematics • Run
Course Number T1278F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can


> Ask the customer complaint-related questions
> Devise a strategy for investigating the customer complaint
> Apply the necessary knowledge resources (workshop literature)
Contents > General vehicle electrical system
> On-board electrical system management
> Networking
> Central locking
> Access authorization
> Drive authorization for E-Class model series 213, model year 2016
Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis
Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run
T1012F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test
• Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 181


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T1002F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical
Components, Comfort and Telematics • Run
Course Number T1002F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Ask the customer questions that are pertinent to the complaint
> Develop a strategic plan for resolving the customer complaint
> Make use of the required information sources (workshop literature)
Contents > Vehicle electrical system
> On-board electrical system management
> Networking
> Central locking
> Access authorization
> Drive authorization for the E-Class model series 212, YoM 2013
Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis
Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run
T1012F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test
• Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 182


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T0981F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Drivetrain
• M276 DEH LA and OM642 LS • Run
Course Number T0981F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Ask the customer questions that are pertinent to the complaint
> Develop a strategic plan for resolving the customer complaint
> Make use of the necessary information sources (workshop literature)
Contents > Gasoline engine M276 DEH LA in the E-Class model series 213
> Camshaft adjustment, secondary air injection, ignition system, air ducting, fuel system,
charging
> Diesel engine OM 642LS in the S-Class model series 222
> Fuel system, preglow system, intake port shutoff (EKAS), exhaust gas recirculation,
charging
Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis
Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run
T1002F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical
Components, Comfort and Telematics • Run
T1012F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test
• Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 183


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T0982F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Suspen-
sion • Run
Course Number T0982F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Ask the customer questions that are pertinent to the complaint
> Develop a strategic plan for resolving the customer complaint
> Make use of the necessary information sources (workshop literature)
Contents > AIRMATIC in the S-Class (model series 222)
> Magic Body Control in the S-Class model series 222
Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis
Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run
T1002F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical
Components, Comfort and Telematics • Run
T1012F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test
• Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 184


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T1015F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Test
preparation • Run
Course Number T1015F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Implement the test process
> Assess his/her learning needs
> Assess his/her practical abilities
Contents > Explanation of the test process
> Explanation of the automotive diagnosis process
> Troubleshooting based on the levels model and the complaint analysis
> Consolidation of the material covered in training courses T0005F, T1278F and T0981F
Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis
Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run
T0981F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Drivetrain
• M276 DEH LA and OM642 LS • Run
T1012F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test
• Go
T1278F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Electrical
Components, Comfort and Telematics • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 185


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T1016F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Test •
Run
Course Number T1016F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives Determination of theoretical and practical knowledge and skills (participants' problem-
solving approaches).
Contents According to the test regulations:
> 3 x 40 minutes theory (Organization; electrical, comfort, telematics systems;
drivetrain)
> 1 x 80 minutes practical work (1)
> 1 x 80 minutes practical work (2)
> 1 x 30 minutes oral test
Optional prerequisite T1015F • Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Test Preparation •
Run (as optional test preparation)
Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis
Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run
T0981F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Drivetrain
• M276 DEH LA and OM642 LS • Run
T1012F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test
• Go
T1278F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Electrical
Components, Comfort and Telematics • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note The test is part of the training series for becoming a Certified Diagnostic Technician for
Passenger Cars.
Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 186


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T1241F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • E-Class
Model Series 213 • Further Training • Fly
Course Number T1241F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> perform all the steps required for initial contact with the customer and the vehicle
using a customer-friendly approach
> determine whether the customer complaint may be due to incorrect operation or is
actually a feature of normal system operation
> apply complaint analysis to help create a logical, comprehensible work procedure
> recognize complaints involving more than one system and properly process them
> create practical documentation reflecting the scope of work involved
> work through the testing, adjustment and repair measures as required for the defined
topics while observing the accident prevention regulations and manufacturer
specifications
Contents > Content to be determined

Mandatory prerequisite T1016F • Passenger Cars • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Test •
Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 187


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T0983Q • Vans • Certification Program • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician
Course Number T0983Q-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant qualifies as a Certified Mercedes-Benz Diagnostic Technician.

Contents
The certification program consists of the following individual training courses.

> T0986F-AA • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test •


Go

> T0005F-AA • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified


Diagnosis Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run
> T0987F-AA • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical
Components, Comfort and Telematics • Run
> T0988F-AA • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain •
Run
> T0989F-AA • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Suspension •
Run

> T0991F-AA • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test • Run

As soon as all your certifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Optional prerequisite Before signing up for the certification program, you should have good knowledge of
systematic troubleshooting procedures and of the workshop systems, including Star
Diagnosis. Good knowledge of the on-board electrical system and vehicle networking is
also required.
You can obtain and refresh this knowledge by participating in training courses from the
qualification as a System Technician.
As preparation for the final test, you can sign up for the training course "T0990F • Vans
• Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technicians • Test Preparation • Run". In this
training course, practical work is carried out on vehicles under real test conditions.
Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 16,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 188


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T0986F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test • Go
Course Number T0986F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives > The participants' expertise and skills have been determined in the areas of conceptual
and practical knowledge
> Participants and the dealership have been informed about the job profile requirements
for the Diagnostic Technician
> An individual training plan has been prepared according to the demonstrated
performance and based on the current training history
> Participants and the dealership have been informed in writing about the individual
training plan as well as the admission to the Diagnostic Technician training course or of
the training prerequisites which still must be fulfilled before admission
Contents This test determines participants' theoretical knowledge in the competence areas on the
topics:
> Electrical system, comfort, telematics for model series 447 and 906 on the topics: on-
board electrical system, networking, heating/air conditioning, drive authorization and
locking systems, illumination, windshield wipers, telematics and radio
> Drivetrain for the Vito model series 447 with OM622, V-Class model series 447 with
OM651 and Sprinter model series 906 with OM642
> Suspension, support systems in model series 447 and 906

Practical test with determination of strategic approach using a practical example:


> Test of practical application from diagnostic strategy T0004F
> Application of diagnostic tools (HMS 990, measuring and testing equipment for the
respective exercise)
> Application of knowledge sources (WIS, TIPS) according to requirements (exercise)
> Diagnostic work on electrical systems, comfort, telematics, drivetrain and suspension
systems
Optional prerequisite The participant has successfully completed at least one of the two qualifying programs
for System Technicians (T1508Q/T1509Q)
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note The test is part of the training series to become a Mercedes-Benz Certified Van
Diagnostic Technician T0983Q.
Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 189


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T0988F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Run
Course Number T0988F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Ask the customer questions that are pertinent to the complaint
> Develop a strategic plan for resolving the customer complaint
> Make use of the necessary information sources (workshop literature)
> Describe the concept and purpose of a diagnosis strategy
> Implement his/her daily work in a more structured and goal-oriented manner
Contents Course content encompasses group work and practical exercises on the topics:
> Drivetrain in the Vito model series 447 with OM622
> V-Class model series 447 with OM651
> Sprinter BR 906 with OM642
> Diagnosis on the bus system engine
> Survey of tests and how to conduct them with XENTRY Kit and Herman Measurement
Technology (HMS)
> Applying diagnoses according to the levels model
Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis
Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run
T0986F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test • Go
T0987F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical
Components, Comfort and Telematics • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Note The training is part of the training series for becoming a Certified Van Diagnosis
Technician.
Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 190


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T0989F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Suspension • Run
Course Number T0989F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Ask the customer questions that are pertinent to the complaint
> Develop a strategic plan for resolving the customer complaint
> Make use of the necessary information sources (workshop literature)
Contents > Troubleshooting and diagnosis on current suspension systems
> ESP brake system in Vito, V-Class model series 447 and Sprinter model series 906
Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis
Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run
T0986F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test • Go
T0987F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical
Components, Comfort and Telematics • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Note The training is part of the training series for becoming a Certified Van Diagnosis
Technician.
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 191


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T0990F • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Test preparation • Run
Course Number T0990F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Implement the test process
> Assess his learning needs
> Assess his practical abilities
Contents > Explanation of the test process
> Explanation of the automotive diagnostic process
> Troubleshooting according to the levels model
> Consolidation of the material covered in training courses T0005F, T0987F, T0988F and
T0989F
Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis
Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run
T0986F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test • Go
T0987F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical
Components, Comfort and Telematics • Run
T0988F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Run
T0989F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Suspension • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 192


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T0991F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test • Run
Course Number T0991F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives Determination of theoretical and practical knowledge and skills (behavior during
problem-solving).
Contents According to the test regulations:
> 4 x 40 minutes theory (Organization; Electrical , comfort, telematics systems;
Drivetrain; Suspension)
> 1 x 70 minutes practical work (1)
> 1 x 80 minutes practical work (2)
> 1 x 30 minutes oral test
Optional prerequisite "T0990F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Test Preparation •
Run" as optional test preparation.
Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis
Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run
T0986F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Initial Test • Go
T0987F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical
Components, Comfort and Telematics • Run
T0988F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Run
T0989F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Suspension • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 193


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T1206F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training • Fly
Course Number T1206F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the differences in networking between the Vito and V-Class of model series
447
> Describe and convey diagnosis-relevant system functions of engine OM622
> Plan and perform targeted diagnosis on engine OM622
> Describe the new functions of the PSM control module and perform basic
parameterization
> Describe and convey current diagnosis focuses for van series
> Work through the testing, adjustment and repair measures as required for the defined
topics while observing the accident prevention regulations and manufacturer
specifications
Contents > System functions and overall network in the Vito model series 447
> System functions and diagnosis options/remedies on engine OM622
> System functions and basic parameterization on the PSM of model series 447 in
theory and practice
> Exchange of experience on current van topics
> New features/modifications in vans
> Implementation of the diagnosis strategy on OM622 engine
Mandatory prerequisite T0022F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test • Run
T0068E • Vans • Parameterizable Special Module (PSM) • e-Training • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 194


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T1037F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training • Fly
Course Number T1037F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> perform all the steps required for initial contact with the customer and the vehicle
using a customer-friendly approach
> determine whether the customer complaint may be due to incorrect operation or is
actually a feature of normal system operation
> apply complaint analysis to help create a logical, comprehensible work procedure
> recognize complaints involving more than one system and properly process them
> create practical documentation reflecting the scope of work involved
> work through the testing, adjustment and repair measures as required for the defined
topics while observing the accident prevention regulations and manufacturer
specifications
Contents > The latest topics concerning new features and modifications to the VAN series
> Current problem cases from all vehicle model series;
the latest content will be communicated to the diagnosis technician in a personal
invitation letter.
Mandatory prerequisite T0991F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Note The preliminary training course on the relevant model series is mandatory.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 195


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T0948F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training • Fly
Course Number T0948F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Perform all the steps required for initial contact with the customer and the vehicle
using a customer-friendly approach
> Determine whether the customer complaint may be due to incorrect operation or is
actually a feature of normal system operation
> Apply complaint analysis to help create a logical, comprehensible work procedure
> Recognize complaints involving more than one system and properly process them
> Create practical documentation reflecting the scope of work involved
> Work through the testing, adjustment and repair measures as required for the defined
topics while observing the accident prevention regulations and manufacturer
specifications
Contents > New products/features and modifications in the Sprinter facelift (model series 906)
> New V-Class model series 447, overall vehicle with extended diagnosis
> Citan model series 415: gasoline engine with extended diagnosis
> Current problem cases from all vehicle model series (vans)

The diagnosis technician will be informed of the latest course content in a personal
invitation letter.
Mandatory prerequisite T0022F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test • Run
T0804E • Passenger Cars, Vans • Overall Vehicle • V-Class Model Series 447 • e-
Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Note The preliminary training course on the relevant model series is a mandatory prerequisite.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 196


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T1402F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training • Fly
Course Number T1402F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the differences in the Vito and V-Class model series 447 systems and plan
and perform targeted diagnosis
> Describe and convey diagnosis-relevant system functions of engine OM622
> Plan and perform targeted diagnosis on engine OM622
> Describe the new functions of the PSM module and perform basic parameterization
> Describe and convey current diagnosis focuses for van series
> Describe and implement the major changes in the V-Class model series 447
> Determine whether the customer complaint may be due to incorrect operation or
whether it is actually a feature of normal system operation
> Apply complaint analysis to help create a logical, comprehensible work procedure
> Recognize and properly process complaints involving more than one system
> Create practical documentation reflecting the scope of work involved
> Work through the testing, adjustment and repair measures as required for the defined
topics while observing the accident prevention regulations and manufacturer's
specifications
Contents > System functions and overall network in the Vito model series 447
> System functions, diagnosis options and remedies on engine OM622
> System functions and basic parameterization on the PSM of model series 447
> Exchange of experience on current van topics
> New features/modifications V-Class model series 447
Mandatory prerequisite T0991F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 197


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T1153F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training • Fly
Course Number T1153F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> perform all the steps required for initial contact with the customer and the vehicle
using a customer-friendly approach
> determine whether the customer complaint may be due to incorrect operation or is
actually a feature of normal system operation
> apply complaint analysis to help create a logical, comprehensible work procedure
> recognize complaints involving more than one system and properly process them
> create practical documentation reflecting the scope of work involved
> work through the testing, adjustment and repair measures as required for the defined
topics while observing the accident prevention regulations and manufacturer
specifications
Contents > New features and modifications in the Sprinter
> Current problem cases from all vehicle model series

The latest content will be communicated to the diagnosis technician in a personal


invitation letter.
Mandatory prerequisite T0991F • Vans • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Test • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Note The preliminary training course on the relevant model series is mandatory.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 198


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T0985Q • Trucks • Certification program • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Techni-
cian
Course Number T0985Q-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant qualifies as a Certified Mercedes-Benz Diagnostic Technician.

Contents
The certification program consists of the following individual training courses.

> T0523F-AA • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model


Series 963 • Initial Test • Go

> T0005F-AA • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified


Diagnosis Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run
> T0943F-AA • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical
Components, Comfort, Telematics • Run
> T0942F-AA • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain •
Run
> T0941F-AA • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Suspension •
Run

> T0529F-AA • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model


Series 963 • Test • Run

As soon as all your certifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Optional prerequisite Ideally, before registering for the Certification Program, you will have successfully
completed two System Technician qualification courses. You should also possess
excellent knowledge of systematic troubleshooting, the on-board electrical system and
networking, and workshop systems including Star Diagnosis.
As preparation for the final test, you can sign up for the training course "T0528F •
Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Actros Model Series 963 •
Test Preparation • Run". In this training course, practical work is carried out on vehicles
under real test conditions.
Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 18,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 199


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T0943F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical Compo-
nents, Comfort, Telematics • Run
Course Number T0943F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Ask the customer questions that are pertinent to the complaint
> Develop a strategic plan for resolving the customer complaint
> Make use of the required information sources (workshop literature)
Contents Actros model series 963
> Networking
> On-board electrical system
> Drive authorization
> Access authorization
> Air conditioning system
> Heating system
Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis
Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run
T0523F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model Series
963 • Initial Test • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 200


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T0942F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Run
Course Number T0942F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Plan and efficiently carry out troubleshooting on the drivetrain with the aid of the
levels model and complaint analysis
> Evaluate the current systems and initiate targeted diagnosis
Contents > BlueTEC, thermal management, fuel circuit, sensors, actuators, engine control/drive
control networking, engine timing, starter control in the Actros model series 96x
> Troubleshooting according to complaint analysis and the levels model
Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis
Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run
T0523F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model Series
963 • Initial Test • Go
T0943F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical
Components, Comfort, Telematics • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 201


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T0941F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Suspension • Run
Course Number T0941F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Ask the customer questions that are pertinent to the complaint
> Develop a strategy plan for resolving the customer complaint
> Make use of the required information sources (workshop literature)
Contents Actros model series 963
> Compressed air supply
> Knorr / Wabco brake systems
> Driving assistance systems
> Level control
> Chassis system networking
Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis
Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run
T0523F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model Series
963 • Initial Test • Go
T0943F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical
Components, Comfort, Telematics • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 202


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T0947F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Fly
Course Number T0947F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Ask the customer questions that are pertinent to the complaint
> Develop a strategic plan for resolving the customer complaint
> Make use of the necessary information sources (workshop literature)
> Use the body manufacturer portal
> Perform diagnosis for malfunctions on the PSM
> Correctly perform cross-system troubleshooting
> Apply for "ESP" user permissions for "VeDoc"
Contents > New features and changes on the Arocs model series 964
> New features and changes on the Atego model series 967
> New features and changes on the Econic model series 956
> Parameterization of the ESP system (requires "ESP" permissions for "VeDoc")
> New PSM features on the Actros model series 963
> Extended diagnosis for Atego model series 967 and Actros model series 963 with
problems identified on the PSM

The diagnosis technician will be informed of the latest course content in the personal
invitation letter.
Optional prerequisite For participants with limited previous knowledge of the parameterizable special module,
we recommend working through the two CBTs "PSM Part 1" (1290 4314) and "PSM Part
2" (1290 4315).
Mandatory prerequisite T0108E • Trucks • Atego Euro VI Standard • e-Training • Go
T0529F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model Series
963 • Test • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Note The diagnosis technician final test is required to participate in further training courses for
diagnosis technicians.
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 203


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T0523F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model Series
963 • Initial Test • Go
Course Number T0523F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives > Practical test with identification of strategic approach using a practical example
> Review of practical application from diagnosis strategy T0004F
> Application of diagnosis tools (HMS 990, measuring and testing equipment for the
respective exercise)
> Application of knowledge sources (WIS, TIPS) according to requirements (exercise)
> Diagnosis work on electrical components, comfort, telematics, drivetrain and
suspension systems
> The participants' expertise and skills have been determined in the areas of conceptual
and practical knowledge.
> Participants and the dealership have been informed about the job profile requirements
for the Diagnosis Technician.
> An individual training plan has been prepared according to demonstrated
achievements and based on the current educational history.
> Participants and the dealership have been informed in writing about the individual
training plan as well as the admission to the Diagnosis Technician training course or of
the training prerequisites which still must be fulfilled before admission.
Contents > This test determines participants' knowledge in the competence areas on the topics:
> Electrical systems and components, comfort, telematics for model series 963 on the
topics: on-board electrical system, networking, heating/air conditioning, drive
authorization and locking systems, illumination, windshield wipers, telematics and radio
> Drivetrain for the OM 470 and OM 471 engines
> Suspension, support systems, brake and partial/full pneumatic suspension
Optional prerequisite > T0004F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Diagnosis Strategy 1 • Go
> T0179F • Trucks, Vans • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit & Star Diagnosis
Level I • Go
> T0180F • Trucks, Vans • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit & Star Diagnosis
Level II • Run
> T0635E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Troubleshooting: Using Common
Sense and All Your Senses • e-Test • Go
> T0673E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • CBT • Diagnosis Strategy • Levels
Model • e-Test • Go
> T0628E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Fundamentals of Automotive
Electrical Systems • Part 1 • e-Test • Go
> T0629E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Fundamentals of Automotive
Electrical Systems • Part 2 • e-Test • Go
> T0630E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Fundamentals of Automotive
Electrical Systems • Part 3 • e-Test • Go
> T0619E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Sensors in Motor Vehicles • Part 1 •
e-Test • Go
> T0620E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Sensors in Motor Vehicles • Part 2 •

Stand 08/2016 204


e-Test • Go

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Note The test is part of the training series to become a Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis
Technician for Vans T0983Q. Completed vocational training with a specialization as a
system technician including the necessary interdisciplinary qualifications is required (see
job profile for diagnosis technician).
Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016
205
Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T0524F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Actros
Model Series 96x • Run
Course Number T0524F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Plan and efficiently carry out troubleshooting on the drivetrain with the aid of the level
model and complaint analysis
> Evaluate the current systems and initiate targeted diagnosis
Contents > BlueTec®
> Thermal management
> Fuel circuit
> Sensors
> Actuators
> Engine control and drive control networking
> Engine control
> Starter control
> Troubleshooting according to complaint analysis and level model
Mandatory prerequisite T0526E • Trucks • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 3,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 206


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T0525F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Suspension •
Actros Model Series 96x • Run
Course Number T0525F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Plan and efficiently carry out troubleshooting on the current suspension systems with
the aid of the levels model and complaint analysis model
> Evaluate the current systems and initiate targeted diagnosis
Contents > Air brake system
> Electronic air-processing unit (EAPU)
> Telligent® brake system (BS2)
> Driving assistance systems
> Level control
> Steering gear
> Troubleshooting according to complaint analysis and levels model
Mandatory prerequisite T0527E • Trucks • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 3,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 207


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T0528F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Actros Model Se-
ries 963 • Test Preparation • Run
Course Number T0528F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can implement the test procedure.

Contents > Explanation of the test procedure


> Explanation of the automotive diagnostic process
> Troubleshooting according to the levels model and the complaint analysis
> Reinforce/refresh content from the T0005F, T0943F, T0942F, T0941F and training
courses
Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis
Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run
T0523F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model Series
963 • Initial Test • Go
T0941F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Suspension • Run
T0942F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Run
T0943F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical
Components, Comfort, Telematics • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 208


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T0529F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model Series
963 • Test • Run
Course Number T0529F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives Determination of theoretical and practical knowledge and skills (behavior during problem
solving).
Contents According to the examination regulations:
> 2 x 60 minutes theory
> 1 x 60 minutes practice (1)
> 1 x 70 minutes practice (2)
> 1 x 30 minutes oral test
Optional prerequisite "T0528F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Actros Model
Series 963 • Test Preparation • Run" - 2 days
Mandatory prerequisite T0005F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis
Technician • Diagnostic Strategy 2 • Run
T0523F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model Series
963 • Initial Test • Go
T0941F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Suspension • Run
T0942F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Drivetrain • Run
T0943F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Electrical
Components, Comfort, Telematics • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note The test is a part of the training program for becoming a Certified Diagnostic Technician
for Trucks.
Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 209


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T1154F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training
2015 (Model Series 93x) • Fly
Course Number T1154F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Ask the customer questions that are pertinent to the complaint
> Develop a strategic plan for resolving the customer complaint
> Make use of the necessary information sources (workshop literature)
Contents Information on current content will be sent to the diagnosis technician in a personal
invitation letter.
Mandatory prerequisite T0014F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnostic Technician • Test • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 210


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T1207F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training
2016 (Model Series 96x) • Fly
Course Number T1207F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Integrate the course contents into his/her professional activities
> Perform all the steps required for initial contact with the customer and the vehicle
using a customer-friendly approach
> Determine whether the customer complaint may be due to incorrect operation or
whether it is actually a feature of normal system operation
> Apply complaint analysis to help create a logical, comprehensible work procedure
> Recognize and properly process complaints involving more than one system
> Create practical documentation reflecting the scope of work involved
> Work through the testing, adjustment and repair measures as required for the defined
topics while observing the accident prevention regulations and manufacturer's
specifications
Contents > New features and modifications on the Actros model series 963
> Diagnosis on the HAD system (hydraulic auxiliary drive)
> Changes to the telematics platform 5 (TP5)
> Gaseous fuel engine innovations (Econic)
> Sharing experience about current truck topics
Information on current content will be sent to the Diagnosis Technician in a personal
invitation letter.
Mandatory prerequisite T0529F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model Series
963 • Test • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 211


Chapter Technical Training
Department Diagnosis Engineering
Title T1038F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Further Training •
Fly
Course Number T1038F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> ask the customer questions that are pertinent to the complaint
> develop a strategic plan for resolving the customer complaint
> make use of the necessary information sources (workshop literature)
Contents > New features and modifications for the current model series
Information on current content will be sent to the diagnostic technician in a personal
invitation letter.
Mandatory prerequisite T0529F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Certified Diagnosis Technician • Actros Model Series
963 • Test • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Note One of the two tests is a prerequisite for participation in the further training course for
diagnostic technicians.
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 212


Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T0890E • Passenger Cars • System Technician • Knowledge Check • Go
Course Number T0890E-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence areas
> An individual qualification plan is created for the competence area
> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path
Contents Theoretical test in the areas of:
> General technical knowledge in comprehensive competence areas, such as
- Diagnostic competence, on-board electrical systems and bus systems
- Drive systems, suspension and drive assistance systems, comfort and safety
systems, as well as telecommunications systems
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 213


Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T1423F • Passenger Cars, smart • Electrical System • High-Voltage Product Qualifica-
tion for Newcomers • Go
Course Number T1423F-AA

Target group Diagnosis Technician, Bodywork Specialist , Bodywork Technician , System Technician ,
Service24h Technician , Maintenance Technician
Objectives The participant can:
> State the safety rules that must be followed before working on the B-Class Electric
Drive model series 242 EV and the C-Class Hybrid model series 205
> Describe the display concepts of the B-Class Electric Drive model series 242 EV and C-
Class Hybrid model series 205
> Regarding the high-voltage components, their installation locations and functions in
the B-Class Electric Drive model series 242 EV and the C-Class Hybrid model series 205,
the participant can
- Name the above
- Remove voltage
- Verify no voltage is present
- Start up the system
> State special considerations in the workshop process, service and diagnosis of the B-
Class Electric Drive model series 242 EV and the C-Class Hybrid model series 205
Contents > Design and function of the drive train components
> Control and display concept
> Maintenance and repair work
> Disabling and initially starting the high voltage system
> Drivetrain cooling and pre-entry climate control
> Charging the high-voltage battery
Mandatory prerequisite T0001F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Qualification for
Motor Vehicles • Go
T0103E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Systems in Motor
Vehicles – Awareness • e-Training • Go
T0969E • Passenger Cars • Market Launch • B-Class electric drive Model Series 242 •
e-Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Note The training course is considered an equivalent for the following market launch training
courses:

T0336F Cars • S-Class (W221) HYBRID Drive • Go


T0752F Cars • Market Launch • S-Class HYBRID (W/V222) • Go
T0974F Cars • Market Launch • S-Class Plug-In Hybrid Model Series 222 • Go

T1077F Cars • Overall Vehicle • E-Class HYBRID Model Series 212 with OM651 (ECE) •
Go

Stand 08/2016 214


T0495F Cars • Market Launch E-Class HYBRID (W212) with M276 (USA) • Go

T0970F Cars • Market Launch • B-Class electric drive Model Series 242 • Go
T0959F Cars • Market Launch • C-Class HYBRID Model Series 205 with Mercedes
connect me • Go

T0840F/T0480F smart • smart fortwo electric drive Model Series 451 • Go

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016
215
Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T1192F • Passenger Cars • Alternative Drives • Manual Power Disable of the HV On-
Board Electrical System and New HV Tests • Fly
Course Number T1192F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the qualification concept for the manual power disable
> Describe and perform the manual power disable procedure for a high-voltage on-board
electrical system
> State the faults/errors that can lead to faulty insulation resistance
> Perform an insulation resistance measurement on the vehicle and the NAT2 model
designation 724.2
Contents > Qualification concept for a manual power disable on a high-voltage on-board electrical
system
> Insulation resistance measurements
- on high-voltage vehicle
- on NAT2 model designation 724.2
> Voltage proof test on the NAT2 model designation 724.2
Mandatory prerequisite T0001F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Qualification for
Motor Vehicles • Go
T0103E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Systems in Motor
Vehicles – Awareness • e-Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 25%, Practice75%

Note When registering for this training course, please note that the participant must have
completed one of the following product training courses in addition to T0001F and
T0103E:
"PESH (S-Class)"
"T0752F • Cars • Market Launch • S-Class HYBRID (W/V222) • Go"
"T0114F • Cars • Market Launch E-Class HYBRID (W212) with OM651 (ECE) • Go"
"T0480F • smart • Market Launch smart fortwo electric drive • Go" or "T0840F • smart
• smart fortwo electric drive Model Series 451 • Go"
"T0974F • Cars • Market Launch • S-Class Plug-In Hybrid Model Series 222 • Go"
"T0959F • Cars • Market Launch • C-Class HYBRID Model Series 205 with Mercedes
connect me • Go"
"T1077F • Cars • Overall Vehicle • E-Class HYBRID Model Series 212 with OM651
(ECE) • Go
"T1288F • Cars • Market Launch • C-Class PLUG-IN HYBRID Model Series 205 • Go"
"T1289F • Cars • Market Launch • GLC PLUG-IN HYBRID Model Series 253 • Go"
"T1290F • Cars • Market Launch • GLE PLUG-IN HYBRID Model Series 166 • Go"
"T1423F • Cars, smart • Electrical Systems • High-Voltage Product Qualification for
Newcomers • Go"

Stand 08/2016 216


Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016
217
Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T1252Q • FUSO • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016, 2017 • Fuso Technician • Run
Course Number T1252Q-AA

Target group FUSO-Technician

Objectives The participant will qualify as a Fuso Technician. Participants receive a certificate
following completion of the qualification program.
Contents
The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins
with the initial test.
Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)
you should book:

> T1252P-AA • FUSO • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016, 2017 • Fuso Technician •
Competency Analysis

> T1620F-AA • Passenger Cars, smart, FUSO • Diagnosis strategy • Part 1 • Go


> T1247F-AA • FUSO • Overall Vehicle • Canter TF • Welcome to Canter World • Go
> T0780F-AA • FUSO • Overall Vehicle • Canter TF BR 468 • Go
> T0433F-AA • FUSO • Electric • Canter TF • On-board electrical system, system
networking, retrofitting • Run
> T0768F-AA • FUSO • Diesel Engines • Engine Model Series 4P10, Euro 5/6 from
Facelift TF1 • Run
> T1039F-AA • FUSO • Transmissions • Repair of DUONIC® transmission and system
diagnoses • Run

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%

Duration 13,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 218


Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T1247F • FUSO • Overall Vehicle • Canter TF • Welcome to Canter World • Go
Course Number T1247F-AA

Target group FUSO-Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Convincingly approach customers and describe product advantages
> Persuasively explain his/her motivation for working on the Fuso Canter
> Understand the role of the FUSO brand within the Daimler Group
> Name the production and development sites for the Canter
> State information sources and describe key content
- Use the European After-Sales Portal
- Describe the procedure for identifying replacement parts
Contents > Motivation
> General brand and product information
> Use of information sources and service literature
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 219


Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T0780F • FUSO • Overall Vehicle • Canter TF BR 468 • Go
Course Number T0780F-AA

Target group FUSO-Technician

Objectives After the training course, the participant can


> Understand the role of the FUSO brand within the Daimler Group
> Name the production and development sites for the Canter
> Identify the Canter and distinguish between different models
> Locate important components for vehicle operation on the vehicle
> State information sources and describe key content
> Use the European After-Sales Portal
> Describe the procedure for identifying replacement parts
> Efficiently apply workshop literature
> Explain the qualifications required to work on the Canter Eco HYBRID
> Perform maintenance work on the Canter and reset corresponding control units in
conjunction with maintenance operations
> Teach in the DUONIC® transmission
> Describe the networking of electrical systems in the vehicle
> Use electrical wiring diagrams
> Describe special service-related considerations, e.g. lifting the vehicle, towing, etc.
> Describe the engine and transmission variants
> Identify axle versions based on specific features
> Describe the design of the limited slip-differential and explain special considerations
for service
> Operate the all-wheel drive and explain its design
> Explain the design of the service brake and parking brake
> Identify part numbers for retrofitting
> Efficiently operate the diagnostic system and perform simple diagnoses
Contents > General market and product information
> Working with service literature and information sources
> Handling the vehicle in service
> Special considerations for maintenance and repair work
> Distinguishing features of major assemblies
> Working with the diagnostic system
Optional prerequisite The participant has completed basic training course "T0179F• Trucks, Vans • Star
Diagnosis • Level I • Go" or has equivalent knowledge.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 220


Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T1126F • FUSO • Overall Vehicle • Canter Eco • Hybrid High-Voltage Product Qualifi-
cation • Run
Course Number T1126F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Communicate the environmental advantages of using the innovative drive technology
in the Canter Eco Hybrid
> Operate the vehicles and analyze, for example, how customers actually operate them
> Explain the task and mode of operation of individual system components
> Apply the customer support concept for service purposes
> Initiate safety measures for certain types of work on the vehicle
> Perform a power disconnect and startup for the high-voltage system
> Use special tools correctly
> Perform any diagnoses required using Star Diagnosis and Fuso Diagnosis
> Perform practical work on the components of the high-voltage system
Contents > Advantages of using a hybrid drive system in trucks
> System operation
> Task and function of system components
> Function of the system
> Safety when working on the vehicle
> Customer support concept in the service sector
> Practical work
Mandatory prerequisite T0001F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Qualification for
Motor Vehicles • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 45%, Practice55%

Note IMPORTANT! Persons with electronic implants (e.g. pacemakers) are not permitted to
work on high-voltage systems. They may not do any practical work on the HV system
during training and are not HV-certified on completion of the course.
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 221


Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T0768F • FUSO • Diesel Engines • Engine Model Series 4P10, Euro 5/6 from Facelift
TF1 • Run
Course Number T0768F-AA

Target group FUSO-Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Identify the components of the fuel injection system
> Explain their design and function
> Carry out targeted diagnostic, repair and adjustment operations
Contents > Mechanical engine components
> Fuel injection system with injection components and injection function
> Engine electrical system
> Fuel circuit
> Exhaust gas recirculation and SCR technology
> Turbocharging
> Diesel particulate filter and NOx catalytic converter
> Adjustment, diagnosis and repair work
Optional prerequisite The participant has attended the training course "T0780F • FUSO Truck • Canter Model
TF • Go" or has equivalent knowledge. He/she is confident in the operation and handling
of the measuring and diagnostic equipment.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 222


Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T1248E • Trucks • Overall Vehicle • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI (Model
Series 963, 964, 967) • e-Training • Go
Course Number T1248E-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the innovations in the most important technical systems, components and
major assemblies
> Communicate innovations in a customer-friendly manner
Contents Description of the individual systems and an overview of the arrangement, design and
basic functions of the technical innovations, including:
> Engines
> Exhaust aftertreatment
> Gearshift equipment and clutch systems
> Vehicle electrical components, on-board electrical system and networking
> Comfort and passive safety systems
> Telecommunications
> Retrofitting and accessories
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The e-Training serves as preparation for overall vehicle training on the Actros, Antos,
Arocs and Atego Euro VI truck series (model series 963, 964, 967)
Duration 2,5 hours

Stand 08/2016 223


Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T1330F • Vans, Trucks • Special Training • Run
Course Number T1330F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can apply knowledge of the latest product, diagnostic and repair
technologies while performing basic maintenance, test and repair work.
Contents > General product technology
> Networking, on-board and other electrical systems
> Components and major assemblies
> General maintenance and repair work
> Fault diagnosis and elimination
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 224


Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T0389F • smart • Service Operating Processes • XENTRY Kit • Go
Course Number T0389F-AA

Target group Maintenance Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Name the components of Star Diagnosis and describe their functions
> Identify a vehicle, perform a quick test and read out and erase the vehicle's fault
memory
> Describe what processes are required to operate Star Diagnosis in an authorized
smart® service operation
> List the components and fields of application of the HMS990
> Operate the HMS990 in conjunction with Star Diagnosis
Contents > Overview of all Star Diagnosis application programs (StarUtilities, DAS, HMS990)
> Identify vehicle in DAS, perform a quick test, erase the fault memory
> Processes related to Star Diagnosis, e.g. licenses, activating, updates, integrating SD
into the dealer's IT network (WLAN)
> TAN generator, basics of online SCN coding
> Measurement Technology (HMS990) hardware and design, fields of application and
use of the HMS990
Optional prerequisite Before the start of the seminar, the "Star Diagnosis" CBT was worked through on your
own.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 15%, Practice85%

Note The content of this course corresponds to course "T0177F• Cars • Star Diagnosis •
Level I • Go".
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 225


Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T1138F • Vans • Overall Vehicle • Sprinter BR 906 • Go
Course Number T1138F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Operate the systems in the vehicle and explain their functions
> Perform repair work on the systems according to the manufacturer's instructions
> Perform diagnostic steps required to repair the systems
Contents Procedures for repair work:
> Functions of the systems
- Drivetrain
- Comfort
- Drive authorization
- Safety
- Telecommunications
> Operation of these systems
> Maintenance and repair
> Diagnosis
> Special considerations for service
Mandatory prerequisite T0785E • Vans • Sprinter Facelift • e-Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 226


Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T0980F • Vans • Overall Vehicle • Sprinter Model Series 909 • Go
Course Number T0980F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Operate the systems in the vehicle and explain their functions
> Perform repair work on the systems according to the manufacturer's instructions
> Perform diagnostic steps required to repair the systems
Contents Procedures for repair work:
> Functions of the systems
- Drivetrain
- Comfort
- Drive authorization
- Safety
- Telecommunications
> Operation of these systems
> Maintenance and repair
> Diagnosis
> Special considerations for service
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 227


Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T0426E • Vans • Citan • e-Training • Go
Course Number T0426E-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> State the innovations
- Describe the most important technical systems, components and major assemblies
- Communicate in a customer-oriented fashion
Contents Description of the individual systems and an overview of the arrangement, design and
basic functions of the technical innovations, including:
> Engines
> Exhaust aftertreatment
> Gearshift equipment and clutch systems
> Vehicle electrical components, on-board electrical system and networking
> Comfort and passive safety systems
> Telecommunications
> Retrofitting and accessories
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note This e-Training is preparation for the training course on the "Citan".

Duration 1,5 hours

Stand 08/2016 228


Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T1271F • Vans • Parameterizable Special Module • Model Series 447 V-Class and Vito
• Run
Course Number T1271F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the installation location and the electrical connection of the PSM on the
vehicle
> Parameterize the special module as specified by the customer order, under
consideration of safety-relevant aspects
Contents > Design and function of the parameterizable special module (PSM)
> Standard coding, e.g. engine run-on
> Planning and implementation of freely selectable parameters
> Combined parameterization from logic functions such as the timer, counter, threshold
switch, and hysteresis blocks
> Notes on product liability and safety
Optional prerequisite The participant is conversant with the operation and handling of the measuring and
diagnosis equipment.
Mandatory prerequisite T0068E • Vans • Parameterizable Special Module (PSM) • e-Training • Run
T0254F • Vans • Parameterizable Special Module (PSM) • Vito and Viano BR 639,
Sprinter BR 906 • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 229


Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T1039F • FUSO • Transmissions • Repair of DUONIC® transmission and system diag-
noses • Run
Course Number T1039F-AA

Target group FUSO-Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Disassemble and reassemble the DUONIC® transmission
> Explain the function of the double clutch
> Inspect components and determine necessary repair scopes
> Perform necessary test and adjustment operations
> Diagnose systems and find errors
Contents > Design of DUONIC® transmission
> Design and function of the double clutch
> Disassembly and assembly of the DUONIC® transmission
> Testing and adjustment work with the help of special tools and current service
literature
> Using the diagnostic device
Optional prerequisite The participant has taken part in the training session "T0780F • FUSO Truck • Canter
Model TF • Go" or has equivalent knowledge.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 25%, Practice75%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 230


Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T0433F • FUSO • Electric • Canter TF • On-board electrical system, system network-
ing, retrofitting • Run
Course Number T0433F-AA

Target group FUSO-Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Name the service portal options
> Describe the design of the on-board electrical system
> Assign specific performance data to the SSAM inputs and outputs.
> Perform parameterization on control units
> Recognize errors in the vehicle with the aid of a diagnostic unit
> Operate the menus in the instrument cluster
> Describe the way the immobilizer works
> Teach in keys
> Operate the air conditioning system and locate the components of the air conditioning
system
> Perform retrofitting (power take-off and trailer socket)
> Apply information media and materials
Contents > Design of the on-board electrical system
> Networking of the electrical systems
> Retrofitting work on the electrical part of
- power take-off and
- trailer socket
> Practical jobs and troubleshooting with the diagnostic unit
> Functions and display concept for the new instrument
> Modifications to the immobilizer (immobilizer system)
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 25%, Practice75%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 231


Chapter Technical Training
Department Overall Vehicle
Title T1386F • AMG • Service Performance Initiative • Advanced • Fly
Course Number T1386F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, Diagnosis Technician , Service Advisor

Objectives The participant can:


> Argue in a customer-oriented fashion
> Perform diagnostic work on the systems
> Use diagnostic tools and the associated special tools
> Initiate required remedial actions
> Carry out professional repairs
Contents Contents include practical work and group work related to the diagnosis procedure
applicable to all model series with regard to:
> Communication, spirit and emotion of AMG
> Diagnosis strategy in consideration of AMG
> Carrying out testing and diagnostic work
- on the drivetrain (engine and transmission)
- on the chassis and brakes
- on the comfort and modular systems
> Analysis and elimination of failures
> Drawing up offers to include specific AMG aspects
> Targeted use of the service literature (WIS, XENTRY/DAS, TIPS, STI) and workshop test
equipment (special tools), AMG workshop systems
> Exchange of views on current key topics
Mandatory prerequisite S0468E • AMG • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note This training is part of the AMG Service Performance Initiative.


The participant can provide evidence of having successfully completed the AMG training
course provided by Global Training.
The participant will bring a case study to the training. The following documentation will
be required:
Repair order, diagnostic documentation and, where applicable, TIPS documents. The
case study may already be completed or still in progress.
Successful completion of the e-Training with the previous training code Z0024F will also
be accepted.
Duration 3,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 232


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0103E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Systems in Motor
Vehicles – Awareness • e-Training • Go
Course Number T0103E-AA

Target group System Technician, Service Advisor

Objectives The participant can


> Discuss the details of hybrid concepts and electric vehicles at Daimler AG
> Figure out the requirements and effects for his/her service duties
> Describe the first measures to take when working on hybrid and electric vehicles
Contents Procedure on basic operations for hybrid and electric vehicles:
> Comparison of the main hybrid and electric concepts at Daimler AG
> Overview of the high-voltage components in the vehicle
> Safety information: Effects of electricity on the human body
> Repair operations and their effects on hybrid and electric vehicles
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%

Note This e-Training is the preparation for the high-voltage qualification for motor vehicles with
high-voltage systems.
Duration 1,5 hours

Stand 08/2016 233


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0001F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Qualification for
Motor Vehicles • Go
Course Number T0001F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant:


> Can sensibly and safely work on high-voltage systems in accordance with German
trade association ordinance BGV A3 and VDE 0105/ECE R105
> Is familiar with the high-voltage concepts and the technical background of the high-
voltage components
> Can explain the professional responsibility and the legal background
> Can describe the power disconnect procedure
> Is familiar with the required safety precautions to protect against electric shock and
arc faults
> Is familiar with the necessary first aid measures
Contents > Laws and regulations related to work on high-voltage motor vehicles
> Safety information
> Effects of electricity on the human body
> High-voltage sections and high-voltage safety precautions
> Procedure for working on high-voltage vehicles
> First aid measures, rescue chain
Mandatory prerequisite T0103E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Systems in Motor
Vehicles – Awareness • e-Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 70%, Practice30%

Note The following prerequisites are defined by the Trade Association for qualification as a
"Specialist for intrinsically safe high-voltage series production vehicles":

- Automotive mechanic, electrician, mechatronics engineer (with start of vocational


training after 1973)
- Automotive foreperson ("master") for mechanical, electrical, mechatronic systems
(master's examination taken after 1973)
- Automotive service technician with certification received after 1973
- Graduate engineer, bachelor's degree, master's degree, or state-certified technician for
electrical engineering
- Automotive body mechanic, vehicle construction mechanic (with start of vocational
training after 2002)
- Automotive body mechanic foreperson, vehicle construction mechanic foreperson (with
master's examination taken after 2002)

IMPORTANT! Persons with electronic implants (e.g. pacemakers) are not permitted to
work on high-voltage systems. They may not do any practical work on the HV system
during training and are not HV-certified on completion of the course.

Stand 08/2016 234


Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016
235
Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1041E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 • Drivetrain
System Technician • Initial Test • Go
Course Number T1041E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence areas.
> An individual training plan is created for the competence area.
> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path.
Contents Theoretical test in the areas of:
> Engine
> Transmission
Mandatory prerequisite T1315E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System
Competence for System Technicians • Final Test • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Drivetrain System
Technicians.
Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 236


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1033Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 • Drivetrain
System Technician
Course Number T1033Q-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives Participants qualify as Drivetrain System Technicians. Participants receive a certificate


following completion of the qualification program.
Contents
The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins
with the initial test.
Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)
you should book:

> T1033P-AA • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 •


Drivetrain System Technician • Competency Analysis

> T0841E-AA • Passenger Cars • 6-/8-Cylinder Gasoline Engines • M276 and M278 •
e-Training • Go
> T0873E-AA • Passenger Cars • 4-Cylinder Gasoline Engines • M270 and M274 • e-
Training • Go
> T0874E-AA • Passenger Cars • Diesel Engines • OM607 • e-Training • Run
> T0081E-AA • Passenger Cars • Current CDI Engines • e-Training • Go
> T1003F-AA • Passenger Cars • Gasoline Engines • Emphasis on the M270, M274,
M276 and M278 • Diagnosis • Fly
> T1004F-AA • Passenger Cars • Diesel Engines • Emphasis on the OM607, OM651
and OM642 • Diagnosis • Fly
> T1005F-AA • Passenger Cars • Gasoline and diesel engines • Diagnosis and Repair •
Run
> T1006F-AA • Passenger Cars • Automatic Transmissions and All-Wheel Drive •
Diagnosis and Repair • Run

> T1085E-AA • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 •


Drivetrain System Technician • Final Test • Fly

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Mandatory prerequisite T1315E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System
Competence for System Technicians • Final Test • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 13,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 237


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1085E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 • Drivetrain
System Technician • Final Test • Fly
Course Number T1085E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant's knowledge in the competence areas is determined.

Contents This is an online test designed to assess theoretical knowledge in the following fields:
> Gasoline and diesel engines
> Automatic and manual transmission
> All-wheel drive systems
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Drivetrain System
Technicians.
Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 238


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1386F • AMG • Service Performance Initiative • Advanced • Fly
Course Number T1386F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain, Diagnosis Technician , Service Advisor

Objectives The participant can:


> Argue in a customer-oriented fashion
> Perform diagnostic work on the systems
> Use diagnostic tools and the associated special tools
> Initiate required remedial actions
> Carry out professional repairs
Contents Contents include practical work and group work related to the diagnosis procedure
applicable to all model series with regard to:
> Communication, spirit and emotion of AMG
> Diagnosis strategy in consideration of AMG
> Carrying out testing and diagnostic work
- on the drivetrain (engine and transmission)
- on the chassis and brakes
- on the comfort and modular systems
> Analysis and elimination of failures
> Drawing up offers to include specific AMG aspects
> Targeted use of the service literature (WIS, XENTRY/DAS, TIPS, STI) and workshop test
equipment (special tools), AMG workshop systems
> Exchange of views on current key topics
Mandatory prerequisite S0468E • AMG • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note This training is part of the AMG Service Performance Initiative.


The participant can provide evidence of having successfully completed the AMG training
course provided by Global Training.
The participant will bring a case study to the training. The following documentation will
be required:
Repair order, diagnostic documentation and, where applicable, TIPS documents. The
case study may already be completed or still in progress.
Successful completion of the e-Training with the previous training code Z0024F will also
be accepted.
Duration 3,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 239


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0081E • Passenger Cars • Current CDI Engines • e-Training • Go
Course Number T0081E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant:


> Is familiar with the design of the OM 651 and OM 642, and with the basic function of
the systems and their components
> Can verify his/her knowledge by passing the e-Initial Test
Contents Basic and system knowledge regarding the design and function of:
> Mechanical engine components and engine control system
> Oil circuit
> Thermal management
> Fuel high and low-pressure systems
> Sensors and actuators in the subsystems
> Exhaust concept/exhaust treatment
> Peripheral systems, e.g. air ducting including charging
> e-Final Test with questions on the e-content
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The current level of knowledge can be checked with the CBT programs "Common Rail
Direct Injection" Parts 1-3 (order no. 1290 4730 00, 1290 4731 00, 1290 4765 00).
Duration 2,3 hours

Stand 08/2016 240


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0874E • Passenger Cars • Diesel Engines • OM607 • e-Training • Run
Course Number T0874E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design, the function and the peripherals of the OM607 engine
> Name the fundamental differences to other engines
> Explain the function of the peripheral systems
> Name the service-relevant work procedures
Contents Design and function of the OM607 engine

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The questions in the final test for the e-Training serve to check the knowledge gained
during the course.
The e-Training was a mandatory BER course in 2012, with the training code T0493E.
Successful completion of the e-Training with the previous training code T0493E will also
be recognized in subsequent years.
Duration 1,0 hours

Stand 08/2016 241


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1106F • Passenger Cars • Diesel Engines • OM626 • Diagnosis and Repair • Run
Course Number T1106F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Carry out testing and adjustment operations
> Carry out diagnostic operations
> Initiate required remedial actions
> Carry out professional repairs
Contents The contents encompass practical and group work on design and function
> Mechanical engine components
> Sensors and actuators in the subsystems
> Networking of the control units and on-board diagnosis
> Exhaust concept/exhaust treatment
> Testing of injection systems and peripheral systems
> Use of service literature and workshop test equipment
> Diagnostic work with effects and remedies
> Key engine features compared to other diesel engines
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 242


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1004F • Passenger Cars • Diesel Engines • Emphasis on the OM607, OM651 and
OM642 • Diagnosis • Fly
Course Number T1004F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Professionally accept a workshop order and check its contents regarding the
complaint
> Create checklists to document and properly work through the individual
steps/complaints
> Carry out difficult and complex diagnoses using the latest diagnostic tools
> Carry out a structured diagnosis
> Independently carry out complex, technically correct repair work using all work aids
> Carry out an independent final check of his/her repair work to ensure overall success
Contents Practical and group work on:
> Strategic approaches applying the five-level model for diagnosis, with emphasis on
OM607, OM651 and OM642
> Complex testing and diagnostic work on the engine system
> Multi-system diagnosis
> Effects of faults and their diagnosis, analysis and proper repair
> Targeted use of the service literature (WIS, XENTRY/DAS,TIPS, STI) and workshop test
equipment (special tools)
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 243


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1005F • Passenger Cars • Gasoline and diesel engines • Diagnosis and Repair • Run
Course Number T1005F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Carry out testing and adjustment operations
> Carry out diagnostic operations
> Initiate required remedial actions
> Carry out professional repairs
Contents Practical and group work focusing on gasoline and diesel engines with regard to the
design and function of:
> Mechanical engine components
> Sensors and actuators in the subsystems
> Control unit networking
> Exhaust concept/exhaust treatment
> Fuel, injection and ignition system, e.g. air ducting, fuel high- and low-pressure system
> Use of service literature and workshop test equipment
> Diagnostic work with effects and remedies
Mandatory prerequisite T0081E • Passenger Cars • Current CDI Engines • e-Training • Go
T0841E • Passenger Cars • 6-/8-Cylinder Gasoline Engines • M276 and M278 • e-
Training • Go
T0873E • Passenger Cars • 4-Cylinder Gasoline Engines • M270 and M274 • e-Training
• Go
T0874E • Passenger Cars • Diesel Engines • OM607 • e-Training • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 244


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1080F • Passenger Cars • Gasoline and Diesel Engines • Innovations • Fly
Course Number T1080F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Develop a structured approach based on the presented customer complaints
> Work with the group to find solutions and use the opportunity to effectively broaden
specific diagnostic skills
> State the new features and modifications in gasoline and diesel engines.
Contents The contents encompass practical and group work:
> Consolidation of the knowledge obtained in the previous engine training courses
> Analysis of current complaints on gasoline and diesel engines
> Problem and case discussions plus development of solution strategies
> New features and modifications in gasoline and diesel engines.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note The participant is qualified as a Drivetrain System Technician or is a Certified Diagnostic


Technician.

The following items must be brought to the training course:

At least two real cases of engine complaints (solved or unsolved) from daily workshop
work.
The case documentation should include at least:
- Repair order with vehicle data and customer complaint
- Vehicle history (vehicle file, VEGA, etc.)
- Initial quick test log and fault freeze frame data
- Initial evaluation of the workshop (customer interview)
- Test steps performed, with test results
- Image and sound documents as files (optional)

Please also bring a keychain of your choice.


Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 245


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0841E • Passenger Cars • 6-/8-Cylinder Gasoline Engines • M276 and M278 • e-
Training • Go
Course Number T0841E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives Participants are familiar with:


> The mechanical design of the engines and the peripherals
> The most important differences compared with the previous V engines M272 and
M273
> The manner in which the peripheral systems function
Contents Basic and system knowledge regarding
> Mechanical design of engines and peripherals
> Fuel system (high and low-pressure)
> Mixture formation
> Ignition system
> Combustion system
> Chain drive
> Exhaust systems
> Engine control unit
> M278 turbocharger
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note Successful completion of the e-Training (PMNBM/T0082E) will also be recognized.


Participants can test their level of knowledge using the CBT programs "Engine Control
System" (order no. 1290 4012 02, 1290 4013 02), "Direct Injection" (1290 4038 02) and
"V Gasoline Engines - Part 2" (1290 4063 02).
Duration 2,3 hours

Stand 08/2016 246


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0873E • Passenger Cars • 4-Cylinder Gasoline Engines • M270 and M274 • e-Training
• Go
Course Number T0873E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design, the function and the peripheral equipment on engines M270 and
M274
> Name the fundamental differences to previous engines
> Explain the manner in which the peripheral systems function
> Name the service-relevant work procedures
Contents Design and Function of Engines M270 and M274.

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Duration 1,0 hours

Stand 08/2016 247


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0351F • AMG • Gasoline Engines • M156 and M159 • Diagnosis and Repair • Fly
Course Number T0351F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Perform diagnostic work on the systems
> Use diagnostic tools and the associated special tools
> Initiate required remedial actions
> Carry out professional repairs
Contents Contents include practical work and group work related to the diagnosis procedure with
regard to:
> Performing tests and diagnostic work on the current AMG M156 and M159 engines
with the ME-SFI gasoline injection and ignition systems
> Analyzing and remedying the effects of faults in gasoline, injection and ignition
systems and in peripheral systems
> Targeted use of the service literature (WIS, XENTRY/DAS,TIPS, STI) and workshop test
equipment (special tools)
> Current key topics
> New features/modifications in the AMG SLS
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Note The participant is qualified as a Drivetrain System Technician or Diagnostic Technician.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 248


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1003F • Passenger Cars • Gasoline Engines • Emphasis on the M270, M274, M276
and M278 • Diagnosis • Fly
Course Number T1003F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participants can:


> Take over a workshop order and check its contents with regard to the complaint
> Create checklists for documentation and proper processing of the individual work
steps/complaints
> Perform difficult and complex diagnoses using the latest diagnostic tools
> Perform a structured diagnosis
> Independently perform complex, correct repairs using all aids
> Independently perform a final check of the repair, thus assuring overall success
Contents Practical and group work on
> Strategic procedures in accordance with the five-level model for diagnosis, with a
focus on M270/M274 and M276/M278
> Complex test and diagnosis work on the engine system
> Cross-system diagnosis
> Effects of faults as well as their diagnosis, analysis and professional repair
> Targeted use of service literature (WIS, XENTRY/DAS,TIPS, STI) and workshop test
equipment (special tools)
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 249


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1071F • AMG • Gasoline Engines • M177, M178, C63 and C43 • Diagnosis and Re-
pair • Fly
Course Number T1071F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participants can:


> Operate the main new systems in the vehicles and explain how they work
> Perform diagnostic work on the systems
> Use diagnostic tools and the associated special tools
> Initiate the necessary remedial measures
> Perform a professional repair
Contents > Introduction to the AMG C63 and C43:
- Exterior
- Interior
- Suspension
- Brakes
- Engine
> Performing tests and diagnostic work on AMG engines M177 and M178 with the ME-
SFI gasoline injection and ignition system
> Analyzing and remedying the effects of faults in gasoline injection and ignition systems
and in peripheral systems
> Targeted use of service literature (WIS, XENTRY/DAS, TIPS, STI) and workshop test
equipment (special tools)
> Current key topics
> New features/modifications compared to previous engines
Mandatory prerequisite S0468E • AMG • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 250


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0489F • AMG • Gasoline Engines and Automatic Transmissions • M152, M157, M279
and 722.9 • Diagnosis and Repair • Fly
Course Number T0489F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Perform diagnostic work on the systems
> Use diagnostic tools and the associated special tools
> Initiate required remedial actions
> Carry out professional repairs
Contents Contents include practical work and group work related to the diagnosis procedure with
regard to:
> Performing testing and diagnostic work on the current AMG engines with the ME-SFI
gasoline injection and ignition systems
> Analyzing and remedying the effects of faults in gasoline injection and ignition systems
and in peripheral systems
> Performing tests and diagnoses on the current 722.9 transmission
> Targeted use of the service literature (WIS, XENTRY/DAS,TIPS, STI) and workshop test
equipment (special tools)
> Current key topics
Mandatory prerequisite T0841E • Passenger Cars • 6-/8-Cylinder Gasoline Engines • M276 and M278 • e-
Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note The participant is qualified as a Drivetrain System Technician or Diagnostic Technician.

Duration 3,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 251


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0773F • AMG • Gasoline Engines • M133 • Run
Course Number T0773F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Carry out testing and adjustment operations
> Carry out diagnostic operations
> Initiate required remedial actions
> Carry out professional repairs
Contents Practical and group work on the topics:
> Mechanical design of engines and peripherals
> Fuel system (high and low-pressure)
> Mixture formation
> ME-SFI gasoline injection and ignition system
> Combustion system
> Chain drive
> Exhaust concept and exhaust treatment
> Ignition system
> Air ducting
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 252


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0976F • Passenger Cars • Gaseous Fuel Engines • M270 CNG • Run
Course Number T0976F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the location, design and functions of the natural gas system components
> Shut down the gas system for repairs and put it back into service
> Perform the leak test on a natural gas system and interpret the results
> Perform fundamental diagnoses on natural gas systems
> Perform test work and initiate corresponding remedial actions
Contents > Location, design and function of the various natural gas system components
> Exchange of experience on gas-powered Mercedes-Benz vehicles
> Diagnosis of natural gas systems, including testing operations, shutting down and
putting back into service
> Leak test
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note The participant must present a certificate that verifies the qualification/competence
required by Sec. 2 Para. 7 of the German Ordinance on Industrial Safety and Health
(BetrSichV), the accident prevention regulations (UVV) and the work safety regulations.
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 253


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0078E • AMG • Powertrain C197 • Dual Clutch Transmission • e-Training • Run
Course Number T0078E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design of the dual clutch transmission
> Understand how shift operations work
> Name the hydraulic power shift and oil circuit
> Name the electronic components
Contents > Design of the dual clutch transmission
> Mechanical and hydraulic shift operations
> Electronic components
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note Successful completion of the e-Training with the previous training code EL 5049 will also
be recognized. Participants can test their knowledge using the CBT program "Dual Clutch
Transmission".
Duration 1,5 hours

Stand 08/2016 254


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0888E • Passenger Cars • 9-Speed Automatic Transmission (725.0) • e-Training •
Run
Course Number T0888E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design of the 9-speed automatic transmission 724.0
> Understand how shift operations work
> Name the hydraulic power shift and oil circuit
> Name the electronic components
> Name the service-relevant work procedures
Contents > Design and function of the 9-speed automatic transmission (725.0)
> Mechanical and hydraulic shift operations
> Electronic components
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The questions in the final test for the e-Training serve to check the knowledge gained
during the course.
Duration 1,5 hours

Stand 08/2016 255


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1036F • Passenger Cars • 9-Speed Automatic Transmission (725.0) • Diagnosis and
Repair • Run
Course Number T1036F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the functions of the automatic transmission
> Perform test, adjustment and repair work
> Determine the wear of components and define their usability
> Flash the control units
> Describe the main innovations on the transmission
> State the differences compared to the 7-speed automatic transmission
Contents > Design and function of the 9-speed automatic transmission (725.0)
> System diagnosis and repair
> Test, adjustment and repair work
> Disassembling the transmission, establishing findings, assembly and adjustment
> Flashing the control unit
Mandatory prerequisite T0888E • Passenger Cars • 9-Speed Automatic Transmission (725.0) • e-Training •
Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note Participants can test their level of knowledge using the CBTs on "Fundamentals of New
Automatic Transmissions – Parts 1-3 (order no. 1290 4744 02, 1290 4745 02, 1290
4752 02).
The training concludes with a final test.
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 256


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1006F • Passenger Cars • Automatic Transmissions and All-Wheel Drive • Diagnosis
and Repair • Run
Course Number T1006F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the functions of the automatic transmissions and all-wheel drive systems
> Perform test, adjustment and repair work
> Determine the wear of components and define their usability
> Flash the control unit and perform SCN coding
> Assess adaptation values
Contents > Design and function of automatic transmissions and all-wheel drive systems
> System diagnosis and repair
> Test, adjustment and repair work
> Disassembling the transmission, establishing findings, assembly and adjustment
> Relationships between the transfer case, differential and 4-ESP subsystems
> Flash the control unit
> SCN coding
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note Participants can test their level of knowledge using the following CBTs:
Automatic Transmissions: "Fundamentals of New Automatic Transmissions - Parts 1-3"
(order no. 1290 4744 00, 1290 4745 00, 1290 4752 00).
All-Wheel Drive: "Drive System Technology" Parts 1-4 (order no. 1290 4721, 1290 4008,
1290 4009, 1290 4016) and "Dynamic Handling Control Systems for Passenger Cars and
Commercial Vehicles" Part 1-3 (1290 4023, 12904310, 1290 4726).
The training concludes with a final test.
Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 257


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1107F • AMG • Automatic Transmission • 700.4 • Diagnosis and Repair • Run
Course Number T1107F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the functions of the transmission
> Perform test, adjustment and repair work
> Determine the wear of components and define their usability
Contents > Design and function of the dual clutch transmission (700.4)
> System diagnosis and repair
> Test, adjustment and repair work
> Disassembling the transmission, establishing findings, assembly and adjustment
Mandatory prerequisite T0078E • AMG • Powertrain C197 • Dual Clutch Transmission • e-Training • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 258


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0834E • Passenger Cars • Automatic Transmission • (724.0) 7-GDCT - e-Training •
Run
Course Number T0834E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participants can:


> Describe the design of the 724.0 automatic transmission
> Understand the function of the shift operations
> Name the hydraulic power shift and oil circuit
> Name the electronic components
> Name the service-relevant scopes
Contents > Design and function of the automatic transmission (724.0)
> Mechanical and hydraulic shift operations
> Electronic components
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note It was necessary to change the training code of the former e-Training (T0100E) to the
new training code for this e-Training for technical reasons. The content of both e-
Trainings is identical and unchanged.
The questions in the final test for the e-Training serve to check the knowledge gained
during the course.
Participants can check their knowledge using the CBT program "Dual Clutch
Transmissions" (order number 1290 4073).
Duration 1,5 hours

Stand 08/2016 259


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0491F • Passenger Cars • Automatic transmission (724.0-7G-DCT) • Diagnosis and
repair • Run
Course Number T0491F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participants can:


> Describe the functions of the automatic front-end transmission
> Carry out testing, adjustment and repair work
> Determine the degree of wear for components and their usability
> Flash the control unit and carry out SCN coding
Contents > Design and function of the automatic transmission (724.0)
> System diagnosis and repair
> Testing, adjustment and repair work
> Disassembling the transmission, establishing findings, reassembling and adjusting
> Flashing the control unit
> SCN coding
Mandatory prerequisite T0834E • Passenger Cars • Automatic Transmission • (724.0) 7-GDCT - e-Training •
Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note The successful completion of the e-training "T0100E • Cars • Automatic Transmission
(724.0) of the New B-Class Model Series 246 • e-Training • Run" is also recognized as a
mandatory prerequisite for this training course.
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 260


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0347F • Passenger Cars • Automatic and Manual Transmission • Innovations • Fly
Course Number T0347F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe innovations/changes in transmission area
> Name current complaints and remedies
> Perform diagnostic steps
Contents > Innovations/changes to transmission
> Assessment of shift quality in 9-speed automatic transmission in combination with
Star Diagnosis (725.0)
> Diagnosis of transmissions
> Oil level check in combination with ultrasonic measuring device
> Design/function and repair of transfer case CTC50 for 9-speed automatic
transmission
> Repair of HYBRID transmission PLUG-IN 80 kw
> Scope of changes to dual-clutch transmission (700.4)
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 261


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0039E • Passenger Cars • Manual Transmissions • e-Test • Run
Course Number T0039E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participants can:


> Check their current knowledge level
> Effectively prepare for the face-to-face training course "T0346F • Cars • Manual
Transmissions • Diagnosis, Repair • Run"
> Demonstrate their knowledge by completing the e-test
Contents e-Test on the base functions of a manual transmission.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note Participants can check their knowledge using the CBT programs "Automated Manual
Transmission" Parts 1-2 (order no. 1290 4732, 1290 4733).
Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 262


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1001F • Passenger Cars • Manual Transmissions • Diagnosis and Repair • Run
Course Number T1001F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the functions of manual transmissions
> Perform test, adjustment and repair work with system diagnosis
> Determine the wear of components and define their usability
> Perform diagnosis work on the transmission
Contents > Design and function of the rear/front-wheel drive manual transmission
> Design and function of the dual clutch transmission
> Disassembling the manual transmission, determining condition, assembly and
adjustment
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note The current level of knowledge can be checked with the CBT programs "Automated
Manual Transmission" Parts 1-2 (order No. 1290 4732, 1290 4733) and "Dual Clutch
Transmission" (order No. 1290 4073).
The training concludes with a final test.
Duration 3,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 263


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0782F • Passenger Cars • Manual Transmissions • Diagnosis, Repair • Run
Course Number T0782F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives Participants can


> describe the functions of the manual transmissions
> carry out testing, adjustment and repair work with a system diagnosis
> determine the degree of wear for components and their usability
> perform diagnostic work on the transmission
> adjust the shift cables
Contents > Disassemble the rear manual transmissions (NMT 400 and NMT 510), establish
findings, assemble the transmission and adjust
> Design and function of manual transmissions
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note Participants can check their knowledge using the CBT programs "Automated Manual
Transmission" Parts 1-2 (order no. 1290 4732, 1290 4733).
The training concludes with a final test.
Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 264


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0840F • smart • smart fortwo electric drive Model Series 451 • Go
Course Number T0840F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can


> Name the differences between the smart fortwo electric drive and conventional
drivetrains
> Describe the function of the control and display concept
> Describe the basic functions of the drivetrain components
> Remove voltage from the smart fortwo electric drive
> Describe the scopes of maintenance operations
Contents > Design and function of the smart fortwo electric drive drivetrain
> Control and display concept
> Maintenance and repair work as well as initial diagnostic steps
> Removing voltage from the vehicle
> Presentation of special tools for the smart fortwo electric drive
Mandatory prerequisite T0001F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart, FUSO • High-Voltage Qualification for
Motor Vehicles • Go
T0481E • smart • Market Launch • smart fortwo electric drive • e-Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 265


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1320F • smart • Engines and Transmissions • Drivetrain • BR 453 • Run
Course Number T1320F-AA

Target group System Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> indicate system relationships using automatic logic diagrams
> perform diagnosis on the traction management system and carry out corrective
actions
> define test procedures according to the connected systems
> test sensors and actuators with multimeter and oscilloscope
Contents > Gasoline injection system
> Clutch and transmission control
> Diagnosis of engine, transmission and clutch management
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Note .

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 266


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0182F • Vans • Automatic Transmission • Sprinter BR 906, Vito and Viano BR 639 •
Run
Course Number T0182F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Identify the components of the automatic transmissions
> Explain the operation, design and function of the automatic transmissions
> Carry out targeted diagnostic, repair and adjustment operations
Contents > Operation of NAT1 and NAT2 automatic transmissions
> Design and function of the automatic transmissions
> Fault diagnosis and elimination of faults on the vehicle using the latest diagnostic
systems
> Disassembly of the automatic transmissions
> Interaction of the transmissions with other systems
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note The participant has completed basic training course "T0179F • Trucks, Vans • Star
Diagnosis • Level I • Go" and basic training course "P0019F • WIS/ASRA 3 for
Workshop Specialists • Go" or has equivalent knowledge.
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 267


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0184F • Vans • Manual Transmissions TSG 360, TSG 480 and Axle Drive BM 741 •
Run
Course Number T0184F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Disassemble and assemble the transmissions and the rear axle
> Inspect components and determine necessary repair scopes
> Perform necessary test and adjustment operations
Contents > Design of transmissions TSG 360, TSG 480, GK5, GK6
> Disassembly and assembly of transmissions and rear axle BM 741
> Fault diagnosis
> Testing and adjustment work with the aid of special tools and current service literature
Optional prerequisite The participant has completed basic training course "X0164F • WIS/ASRA for Parts
Specialists • Module 2.1 • Go" or has equivalent knowledge.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 268


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0270F • Vans • Sprinter • Natural Gas Technology (NGT) and Liquefied Gas Technolo-
gy (LGT) • Run
Course Number T0270F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can


> Describe the design of the new 4-cylinder gasoline engine (M271) in the NGT and LGT
Sprinters
> Describe the design of the gas system and its special features
> Describe the different functions of the engine technology and gas system used in the
NGT and LGT Sprinters
> Perform diagnosis, test and repair work
Contents > Vehicle operation
> Special features/differences from the conventional type of drives
> Mechanical engine components
> Installation location of engine management and gas system components
> Design and function of engine management and the gas system
> Adjustment, diagnosis and repair work on the engine and gas system
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note The participant has completed basic training course "T0290F • Passenger Cars, Trucks,
Vans • Gaseous Fuel Vehicles • Certificate of Competence • Go" or has an equivalent
"Certification for Vehicles with Gas Drives". The corresponding certificate must be
brought along to the training course. Participation is only possible if the certificate of
competence is available at the beginning of the training course. The certificate cannot be
submitted afterwards!
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 269


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1048F • Vans • Gasoline Engines • Citan BR 415 and Sprinter BR 906 Facelift • Run
Course Number T1048F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Identify the components of the ignition and injection system
> Explain the design and function of the current gasoline engines
> Carry out targeted diagnostic, repair and adjustment operations
> Name the special features of mechanical engine components
Contents > Mechanical engine components
> Ignition and injection system
> Fuel circuit
> Air intake
> Exhaust aftertreatment
> Adjustment, diagnosis and repair instructions
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 270


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1056F • Vans • Diesel Engines • OM607, OM651, OM642 • Run
Course Number T1056F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the main differences in the mechanical engine components on individual
engines
> Explain the design and basic function of a CDI system
> Describe differences between CDI systems
> Describe the current design and function of the air intake, charging, exhaust gas
recirculation and exhaust aftertreatment
> Use DAS/XENTRY
Contents > Special features of the mechanical engine components
> Injection systems
> Fuel circuit
> Charging
> Exhaust aftertreatment, diesel particulate filter
> Air intake, exhaust gas recirculation
> Testing and diagnostic work
> Interaction of the injection system with the peripheral systems
Optional prerequisite Prior to the course, we recommend completing these CBT online programs: "T0645E
(W4766) • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • CBT • Common Rail Direct Injection • Part 4
• e-Test • Go", "T0578E (W4067) • Passenger Cars • CBT • New 4-Cylinder Diesel
Engine OM651 • e-Test • Go".
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 271


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1067F • Vans • Diesel Engines and Manual Transmissions • Citan BR 415 and Sprinter
BR 906 • Modifications and New Features • Run
Course Number T1067F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the main features of mechanical engine and transmission components
> Explain the design and basic function of the CDI system
> Describe the design and function of the air intake, charging, exhaust gas recirculation
and exhaust aftertreatment for the uprated OM607 engine
> Describe the integration of the exhaust aftertreatment systems in the networking
scheme
> Describe the design and function of the exhaust aftertreatment systems (EGR) and
SCR (selective catalytic reduction) for the Sprinter
> Describe the sensors and actuators used by the exhaust aftertreatment systems as
well as the NOx monitoring function
> Perform diagnosis, testing and adjustment operations
Contents This training course focuses on modifications/new features for the OM607, the new
Citan 6-speed manual transmission (GK6) as well as Sprinter SCR technology (Euro 6).
Details:
> Special considerations for mechanical engine and transmission components
> Injection system, fuel circuit and charging
> Air intake and exhaust gas recirculation
> Interaction of the injection system with peripheral systems
> Design and function of the exhaust aftertreatment system (AGR) and selective
catalytic reduction (SCR) in combination with Sprinter engine management (BR 906)
> Effects of engine management malfunctions on the exhaust aftertreatment system and
NOx monitoring
> Testing, diagnostic and adjustment operations on the engine, transmission and SCR
technology
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 272


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1270F • Vans • Diesel Engines and Transmissions • Model Series 447 Engine OM622
and Manual Transmission FSG350 • Run
Course Number T1270F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the main features of mechanical engine and transmission components
> Describe the design and function of the air intake, engine charging, exhaust gas
recirculation and exhaust aftertreatment
> Generate a targeted transmission diagnosis
Contents > Special considerations for mechanical engine and transmission components
> Injection system OM622
<1< Fuel circuit
> Engine charging
> Exhaust aftertreatment
> Air intake and exhaust gas recirculation
> Testing and repair operations on the engine and transmission
> Testing and adjustment operations on the engine and transmission
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 273


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0756F • Vans • Drivetrain OM607 and Manual Transmission • Citan • Run
Course Number T0756F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the main features of mechanical engine and transmission components
> Explain the design and basic function of the CDI system
> Describe the current design and function of the air intake, charging, exhaust gas
recirculation and exhaust aftertreatment
> Use and evaluate DAS test programs
Contents > Special considerations for mechanical engine and transmission components
> Injection system
> Fuel circuit
> Charging
> Exhaust aftertreatment, diesel particulate filter
> Air intake, exhaust gas recirculation
> Interaction of the injection system with the peripheral systems
> Testing and diagnosis operations on the engine and transmission
> Testing and adjustment operations on the engine and transmission
Optional prerequisite The participant has successfully completed training courses "T0179F • Trucks, Vans •
Star Diagnosis • Level I • Go", "T0180F • Trucks, Vans • Star Diagnosis • Level II •
Run", "P0019F • MWAS • WIS/ASRA 3 for Workshop Specialists • Go","T0553E • Vans
• City Van • Electrical System • e-Training • Go" or has equivalent knowledge.
Mandatory prerequisite T0426E • Vans • Citan • e-Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 274


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1297E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Drivetrain System Technician
• Initial Test • Go
Course Number T1297E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence area.
> An individual training plan is created for the competence area.
> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path.
Contents Theoretical test covering the following subjects:
> Transmission management
> Exhaust aftertreatment
> Engine management
>1> Parameterization
Mandatory prerequisite T1267E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence
for System Technicians • Final Test • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification series to become a Mercedes-Benz Drivetrain System
Technician.
Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 275


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1296E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Drivetrain System Technician
• Final Test • Go
Course Number T1296E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence area.

Contents Theoretical test covering the following subjects:


> Engine management
> Exhaust aftertreatment
> Transmission management
> Parameterization
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification series to become a Mercedes-Benz Drivetrain System
Technician.
Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 276


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0429F • Trucks • Gaseous Fuel Engines • Natural gas engine OM906 LAG • Run
Course Number T0429F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the changes in the mechanical engine components and engine control
system of gaseous fuel engine OM906 LAG compared to diesel engine OM906 LA
> Describe the special considerations with regard to the maintenance of the gaseous
fuel engine OM906 LAG
> Describe the design and function of the gas system in the vehicle
> Perform fault diagnosis and repair work
> Carry out testing and adjustment operations
Contents > Mechanical design of the gaseous fuel engine OM906 LAG
> Design and function of the injection system on the engine OM906 LAG
> Functional principle of the gas system in the vehicle
> Diagnosing faults, performing component repairs (injection system, gas system)
> Test and adjustment work using the current service aids
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note The participant has the qualifications to work on gas systems "T0290F • Passenger Cars,
Trucks, Vans • Gaseous Fuel Vehicles • Certificate of Competence • Go".
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 277


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0294F • Trucks • Telligent® Engine Systems • Model Series 900, 457, 500 • Run
Course Number T0294F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the actuation of fan systems for engine cooling, engine brake management,
the turbobrake and the flame starting system
> Perform a test on the air compressor
> Describe the routing of the fuel circuits on model series 900, 457 and 500 and
differentiate between them for diagnostic purposes
> Devise own diagnosis strategies and perform diagnoses based on complaints and
symptoms
> Perform inspection, adjustment and repair work
Contents > Design and function:
- Power take-off control
- Thermal management
- Differences and similarities of the various fuel systems
- SCR exhaust aftertreatment, including NOx regulation
- Enhanced Environmental Vehicle (EEV) information module
> Performing test and adjustment work using the current service aids (DAS, WIS)
- Fault diagnosis based on practical examples
- Air compressor test
> Exchange of experience
Optional prerequisite The participant has successfully completed training courses "T0179F • Trucks, Vans •
Star Diagnosis • Level I • Go", "P0019F • WIS/ASRA 3 for Workshop Specialists • Go",
"T0004F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Diagnosis Strategy 1 • Go" and
"T0146F • Trucks • Actros Road Vehicle • Go" or has equivalent knowledge.
Mandatory prerequisite T0086E • Trucks • Telligent® Engine Systems • Model Series 900, 457, 500 • e-
Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 25%, Practice75%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 278


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1254F • Trucks • Parameterizable Special Module • Basic Parameterizations • Run
Course Number T1254F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the application area and the tasks of the parameterizable special module
(PSM)
> Describe the basic design
> Use simple functions described in the workshop literature
> Parameterize simple PTOs on the customer's request in the PSM, SCA and Single SAM
control units
> Perform diagnoses
> Recognize the hazards associated with incorrect parameterization
Contents > Applications for the parameterizable special module (PSM)
> Linking logics in the PSM, Single SAM and SCA
> Inputs and outputs on the PSM
> Basic functions of the PSM
> Use of workshop literature for parameterization
> Practical exercises on simple PTO programming
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 279


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0256F • Trucks • Parameterizable Special Module (PSM) • Run
Course Number T0256F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the application area and the tasks of the PSM (parameterizable special
module)
> Understand the basic design
> Describe the design and function of the parameterizable special module and its
integration in the on-board electrical system in current truck models
> Use functions described in the workshop literature
> Manage PSM data records
> Parameterize the special module as specified in the customer order and perform
relevant diagnoses
Contents > Application area
> Combinational logics in the PSM
> Inputs and outputs on the PSM
> Functions in the PSM
> Control of complex power take-offs
> Use of workshop literature
> Managing PSM data records
> Practice-oriented parameterization exercises using the service literature
> Performing actual vehicle parameterizations via the PSM
Optional prerequisite The participant has successfully completed training courses "T0179F • Trucks, Vans •
Star Diagnosis • Level I • Go", "P0019F • WIS/ASRA 3 for Workshop Specialists • Go",
"T0004F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Diagnosis Strategy 1 • Go" and
"T0146F • Trucks • Actros Road Vehicle • Go" or has equivalent knowledge.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 280


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0430F • Trucks • Parameterization • Actros Model Series 963 • Run
Course Number T0430F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the application area and the tasks of the parameterizable special module
(PSM)
> Understand the basic design
> Describe the design and function of the parameterizable special module and its
integration in the on-board electrical system in the new truck
> Retrofit the PSM
> Use functions described in the workshop literature
> Manage PSM data records
> Parameterize the PSM as specified by the customer order under consideration of
safety-relevant aspects
> Perform diagnoses
> Recognize the hazards associated with incorrect parameterization
Contents > PSM applications
> Combinational logics in the PSM
> Inputs and outputs on the PSM
> Functions in the PSM
> Control of complex power take-offs
> Use of workshop literature
> Managing PSM data records
> Practice-oriented parameterization exercises using the service literature
> Performing actual vehicle parameterizations via the PSM
Optional prerequisite The participant has successfully completed training courses "T0179F • Trucks, Vans •
Star Diagnosis • Level I • Go", "P0019F • WIS/ASRA 3 for Workshop Specialists • Go",
"T0004F • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Diagnosis Strategy 1 • Go" and
"T0146F • Trucks • Actros Road Vehicle • Go" or has equivalent knowledge.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 281


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1250F • Trucks • Parameterizable Special Module • Parameterizing Complex Bodies •
Fly
Course Number T1250F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> State the new features/modifications on the PSM
> Describe the PSM design and its functions
> Retrofit the PSM control unit
> Describe and apply the "data record management" function
> Perform complex parameterizations at the customer's request
Contents > Modifications/new features on the parameterizable special module (PSM)
> Functions in the PSM
> Retrofitting the PSM
> Controlling complex PTOs
> Managing PSM data records
> Performing complex vehicle parameterizations via the PSM
Optional prerequisite Trucks • Parameterizable Special Module • Basic Parameterizations

Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 282


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0101E • Trucks • New Star of Long-Distance Transport • Engine Management BR 471
• e-Training • Go
Course Number T0101E-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the basic design of the model series 470 common rail technology
> Name the sensors and actuators used for engine management and describe their
design
> Describe the integration of the engine management system in the networking scheme
> Describe how the thermal management system works
> Describe the function of the exhaust gas recirculation system
> Describe the changes in the SCR system
Contents > Fuel circuit design
> Vehicle networking
> Design and function of actuators and sensors
> Exhaust gas recirculation
> Innovations in the SCR system
> Thermal management
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note This e-Training is a mandatory prerequisite for attending the advanced training course
"T0295F • Trucks • Engine Management BR 471 • The New Actros Long-Distance Truck
• Run".
Duration 1,0 hours

Stand 08/2016 283


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0754F • Trucks • Engine Management and Exhaust Aftertreatment • OM934, OM936,
OM470, OM471 and OM473 • Run
Course Number T0754F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the basic mechanical design of engines OM934, OM936, OM470, OM471
and OM473
> Describe the mode of operation of
- common rail technology and
- exhaust aftertreatment
> Understand the design and function of the fuel system and common rail system
> Describe the task of the sensors and actuators used by the engine management and
exhaust aftertreatment systems
> Describe the integration of the engine management and exhaust aftertreatment
systems in the networking scheme
> Understand the design and function of the engine management and exhaust
aftertreatment systems
> Independently perform diagnosis on the engine management system including the
exhaust aftertreatment system
> Carry out testing and adjustment operations
Contents > Basic mechanical design of engines OM934, OM936, OM470, OM471 and OM473
> Provide a basic description of the design and function of
- engine management and integration in networking
- exhaust aftertreatment
- common rail technology
> Effects of engine management malfunctions on the exhaust aftertreatment systems
and the NOx monitoring system (e.g. torque limitation)
> Diagnosis, test and adjustment work using the current service aids
Mandatory prerequisite T0101E • Trucks • New Star of Long-Distance Transport • Engine Management BR 471
• e-Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 284


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0753F • Trucks • Diesel Engines • OM936 and OM471 • Repair • Run
Course Number T0753F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can inspect components and use WIS to plan and perform repair scopes

Contents > Mechanical design of the OM936 and OM471 engines


> Partial disassembly of engines
> Current repair work on the components
- Mechanical engine components (crank assembly, valve assembly, etc.)
- Oil circuits
- Fuel circuits
- Exhaust gas recirculation
Optional prerequisite The participant has good basic knowledge of mechanical engine components.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 285


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1046F • Trucks • Gaseous Fuel Engines • Natural gas engine M 936 G in the Econic •
Run
Course Number T1046F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Explain and carry out the maintenance required for the gaseous fuel engine M 936 G
> Describe the design and function of the gas system in the vehicle
> Perform fault diagnosis and repair work
> Carry out testing and adjustment operations
Contents > Mechanical design of the gaseous fuel engine M 936 G
> Design and function of the injection system on the engine M 936 G
> Functional principle of the gas system in the vehicle
> Diagnosing faults, performing component repairs (injection system, gas system)
> Test and adjustment work using the current service aids
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note The participant has the qualifications to work on gas systems "T0290F • Passenger Cars,
Trucks, Vans • Gaseous Fuel Vehicles • Certificate of Competence • Go".
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 286


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0293F • Trucks • Mechanical Engine Components Repair • Model Series 900, 457,
500 • Run
Course Number T0293F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can


> Localize malfunctions in mechanical engine components
> Inspect components and use WIS to plan and understand repair scopes
Contents > Mechanical design of the model series 900, 457 and 500 engines
> Turbobrake function
> Partial disassembly of engines
> Current repair work on the components
- Mechanical engine components (crank assembly, valve assembly, etc.)
- Oil circuits
- Fuel circuits
- Charge air systems and compressor systems
- Electrically controlled water pump
Optional prerequisite The participant has good basic knowledge of mechanical engine components.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Note Participants can test and refresh their knowledge using CBTs "Pump-Line-Nozzle" Parts
1-2 (order no. 1290 4307 02 and 1290 4308 02) and "Engine Series 500, 900, 457"
Parts 1-2 (1290 4322 02 and 1290 4323 02).
Duration 5,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 287


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0269F • Trucks • Transmission Management • GS, EAS, Mercedes PowerShift • Run
Course Number T0269F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can


> Describe the design and individual functions of the control units for drive control and
gear control
> Describe the design and function of the clutch operating system as used with the
various transmissions and gearshift systems
> Describe the interaction of the transmission and drive control systems
> Describe the similarities and differences between the Telligent® gearshift, Telligent®
automatic gearshift system EAS and Mercedes PowerShift
> Describe and assess exemplary input and output signals on control units and
components of the gearshift systems
> Evaluate actual values and the associated driving situations
> Use DAS to identify and eliminate the effects of mechanical faults on the gearshift
system
> Perform a diagnosis on the transmission management systems
> Perform inspection, adjustment and repair work
Contents > Exchange of experience
> Interaction of subsystems in a networked environment
- Electronic vehicle networking (CAN)
- Telligent® gearshift, Telligent® automatic gearshift system – EAS, Mercedes
PowerShift
> Use the current service aids (DAS, WIS) to test, adjust, parameterize, diagnose and
repair installed gearshift systems
> Base function of turbo clutch
> Fault diagnosis based on practical examples
Mandatory prerequisite T0085E • Trucks • Transmission Management • HPS, GS, AGS • e-Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note To refresh your knowledge, please work through the e-training "T0085E • Trucks •
Transmission Management • HPS, GS, AGS • e-Training • Go" the CBTs " Telligent®
Gearshift System" Part 1-4, "Telligent® Automatic Gearshift System" Part 1-2, "Wiring
Diagrams" Part 1 and 3 and "CAN Fundamentals".
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 288


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0266F • Trucks • Mercedes-Benz Range-Change Transmission • Run
Course Number T0266F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Disassemble and assemble the transmissions using the service aids (WIS and special
tools)
> Inspect transmission components and use WIS to plan and implement the necessary
repair scopes
> Carry out testing and adjustment operations
Contents > Mechanical design of the Mercedes-Benz synchromesh range-change transmissions G
131, G 210 - G 260
> Mechanical design of the Mercedes-Benz non-synchromesh range-change
transmissions G 211, G 241, G 280, G 330
> Disassembling/assembling a synchromesh range-change transmission
> Disassembling/assembling a non-synchromesh range-change transmission
> Diagnosing faults, performing component repairs (shift shafts, synchronization, etc.)
> Test and adjustment work using the current service aids
Optional prerequisite The participant has successfully completed the CBTs "Telligent Gearshift - Parts 1-2" and
"Telligent Automatic Gearshift - Parts 1-2" as preliminary training.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note As preliminary training, please complete the CBTs "Telligent® Gearshift", Parts 1-2 (order
no. 1290 4305 02 and 1290 4306 02) and "Telligent® Automatic Gearshift" Parts 1-2
(1290 4320 02 and 1290 4324 02).
Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 289


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0778F • Trucks • Manual Gearshift Systems • The Actros for distribution and con-
struction site transport and the Atego Euro VI standard • Run
Course Number T0778F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the integration of the manual gearshift system in the on-board electrical
system
> Describe the interplay between the manual gearshift system and the drive control
systems
> Describe the design and individual functions of the CPC control unit with a manual
gearshift system
> Describe the design and function of the manual gearshift system with and without
power-assisted gear shifting
> Describe the design and function of the clutch, clutch adjusting mechanism and clutch
operation
> Describe modifications to the transmission
Contents > Integration of the manual gearshift system in the overall networking scheme
> Interplay between the manual gearshift system and the drive control systems
> Design and individual functions of the CPC control unit with a manual gearshift system
> Design and function
- of the manual gearshift system with and without power-assisted gear shifting
- of the clutch, clutch adjusting mechanism and clutch operation
> Fault diagnosis and adjustment operations on the manual gearshift system
components
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 290


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T0296F • Trucks • Transmission Management with Automated Shift • Actros Model
Series 963 • Run
Course Number T0296F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the integration of the new transmission management system in the
networking scheme
> Describe the design and individual functions of the control units for drive control,
adaptive drive control and gear control
> Describe the design and function of the new clutch operating mechanism
> Describe the design and function of the new automated shifting system
> Describe the interaction of the transmission and drive control systems
> Describe and assess exemplary input and output signals on control units and
components of the gearshift systems
> Evaluate actual values and the associated driving situations
> Use DAS to identify and eliminate the effects of mechanical faults on the gearshift
system
> Perform a diagnosis on the transmission management systems
> Perform test, adjustment and repair work
Contents > Design and individual functions of the control units for drive control, adaptive drive
control and gear control
> Design and function of the new clutch operating mechanism
> Design and function of the new automated shifting system
> Presentation of the G140-8
> Testing, adjustment, parameterization, diagnosis and repair of the new automated
shifting system with the aid of the current service aids (DAS, WIS)
> Fault diagnosis based on practical examples
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 291


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1049F • Trucks • Transmission • G 140, G 141, G 211 • Repair • Run
Course Number T1049F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Explain the function and design of different detachable parts such as sensors,
transmission positioner and countershaft brakes
> Properly disassemble the main transmission using the correct service aids and set
specified fit sizes during assembly
> Properly disassemble and assemble the main shaft in accordance with regulations and
state special considerations associated with the components
> Inspect transmission components and use WIS to plan and explain the necessary
repair scopes
Contents > Professional disassembly and assembly of synchromesh and non-synchromesh
transmissions with the G 140, G 141, G 211
> Structure and function of the cable shift and transmission positioner
> Inspection of transmission components and definition of necessary repair scopes
> Test and adjustment work using the current service aids in WIS
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 4,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 292


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1221F • Trucks • Transmission • Shifting systems • Run
Course Number T1221F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the integration of the new transmission management system in the
networking scheme
> Describe the design and individual functions of the control units for drive control,
adaptive drive control and gear control
> Describe the design and function of the new clutch operating mechanism
> Describe the design and function of the new shifting systems
> Describe the interaction of the transmission and drive control systems
> Describe and assess exemplary input and output signals on control units and
components of the gearshift systems
> Evaluate actual values and the associated driving situations
> Use DAS to identify and eliminate the effects of mechanical faults on the gearshift
system
> Perform a diagnosis on the transmission management systems
> Perform test, adjustment and repair work
Contents > Design and individual functions of the control units for drive control, adaptive drive
control and gear control
> Design and function of the new clutch operating mechanism
> Design and function of the new automated shifting system
> Testing, adjustment, parameterization, diagnosis and repair of the new automated
shifting system with the aid of the current service aids (DAS, WIS)
> Fault diagnosis based on practical examples
> Integration of the manual gearshift system in the overall networking scheme
> Interplay between the manual gearshift system and the drive control systems
> Design and function:
- Manual gearshift system with and without power-assisted gear shifting
- Clutch, clutch adjusting mechanism and clutch operation
> Fault diagnosis and adjustment operations on the manual gearshift system
components
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 293


Chapter Technical Training
Department Powertrain
Title T1081F • Trucks • Engines and Transmissions • New Features and Modifications •
Actros, Arocs, Atego Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run
Course Number T1081F-AA

Target group System Technician Powertrain

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe new features and modifications in the current engine model series OM 93x
and OM 47x
> Describe the design of the new transmission
> Name the latest transfer case generation
> Perform repair work on the transfer case
> Describe the design and function of the new all-wheel Hydraulic Auxiliary Drive
> Perform repair work on the retarder
Contents > New features and modifications in the current engine model series
> New stronger transmission
> Current transfer case generation
> New all-wheel Hydraulic Auxiliary Drive
> Retarder repair
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 294


Chapter Technical Training
Department Chassis and Active Safety
Title T0368Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 • Suspension
System Technician
Course Number T0368Q-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives Participants qualify as Suspension System Technicians. Participants receive a certificate


following completion of the qualification program.
Contents
The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins
with the initial test.
Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)
you should book:

> T0368P-AA • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 •


Suspension System Technician • Competency Analysis

> T0258F-AA • Passenger Cars • Suspension Systems • Fundamentals, Diagnosis and


Repair • Run
> T0307F-AA • Passenger Cars, smart • Wheel Alignment • Run
> T0344F-AA • Passenger Cars • Brake Control and Active Driving Assistance Systems
• Fundamentals, Diagnosis and Repair • Run
> T0076E-AA • Passenger Cars • Brake Control and Active Driving Assistance Systems
• e-Training • Run

> T0839E-AA • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 •


Suspension System Technician • Final Test • Fly

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Mandatory prerequisite T1315E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System
Competence for System Technicians • Final Test • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 6,5 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 295


Chapter Technical Training
Department Chassis and Active Safety
Title T0679E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 • Suspension
System Technician • Initial Test • Go
Course Number T0679E-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence areas.
> An individual training plan is created for the competence area.
> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path.
Contents Theoretical test in the areas:
> Suspension
> Active safety systems
Mandatory prerequisite T1315E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System
Competence for System Technicians • Final Test • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Suspension and Active
Safety System Technicians.
Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 296


Chapter Technical Training
Department Chassis and Active Safety
Title T0839E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2014, 2015, 2016 • Suspension
System Technician • Final Test • Fly
Course Number T0839E-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant's knowledge in the competence areas is determined.

Contents This is an online test designed to assess theoretical knowledge in the following fields:
> Suspension
> Active safety systems
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Suspension System
Technicians.
Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 297


Chapter Technical Training
Department Chassis and Active Safety
Title T0076E • Passenger Cars • Brake Control and Active Driving Assistance Systems • e-
Training • Run
Course Number T0076E-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participants can


> Check their current knowledge level
> Effectively prepare for the training course
> Demonstrate their knowledge by completing the test
Contents Basic functions of the ESP®, ABR® and SBC™ systems

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note Successful completion of this e-Training course entitles you to take part in the training
course "T0344F • Passenger Cars • Brake Control and Active Driving Assistance
Systems • Diagnosis and Repair • Run".
Duration 1,5 hours

Stand 08/2016 298


Chapter Technical Training
Department Chassis and Active Safety
Title T0344F • Passenger Cars • Brake Control and Active Driving Assistance Systems •
Fundamentals, Diagnosis and Repair • Run
Course Number T0344F-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:


> Understand and check the functions of the ESP®, ABR and SBC™ systems
> Perform diagnosis on the ABR system
> Describe the special considerations for maintenance and repair
> Describe the networking of the brake control and traction systems with other systems
Contents > Diagnosis and repair work
> Working in accordance with manufacturer instructions and safety precautions
Mandatory prerequisite T0076E • Passenger Cars • Brake Control and Active Driving Assistance Systems • e-
Training • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 299


Chapter Technical Training
Department Chassis and Active Safety
Title T0342F • Passenger Cars • Brake Control, Suspension and Active Driving Assistance
Systems • New features and modifications • Run
Course Number T0342F-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design, function and operation of the new driving assistance systems
> Perform diagnosis on the new driving assistance systems
> Describe the design, function and operation of the new ADS suspension systems
> Describe the new features and modifications in the suspension and damping systems
compared to the predecessor model series
> Perform diagnosis on the suspension systems and state how the diagnosis has
changed
> Properly use the Diagnosis Assistance System (DAS) and Measurement Technology
(HMS) test tools
> Provide a description of the design and function of
- the electric parking brake
> Perform tests on the electric steering and the parking brake
Contents > New features and changes in the suspension system
> Design, function and operation
- Passive and active driving assistance systems
- Suspension and brake control systems
> Diagnosis of suspension, brake control and active driving assistance systems
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 300


Chapter Technical Training
Department Chassis and Active Safety
Title T1262F • Vans • Wheel Alignment • Citan Model Series 415, V-Class/Vito Model Series
447, Sprinter Model Series 906 • Run
Course Number T1262F-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:


> Check the chassis alignment electronically and diagnose complaints
> Conduct mechanical alignment checks
> Inspect axle components
> Perform test, adjustment and repair work
Contents > Axle geometry and correlations between suspension characteristics and tire wear
> Adjusting the various axle variants
> Accident diagnosis using mechanical alignment checks
> Information on current complaints and remedial measures
> Complaint-based alignment checks
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note The training course concludes with a final test.


The participant is familiar with the wheel alignment systems used.
The following CBTs are recommended in preparation for the course:
<1> Wheels and Tires, Part 3, Wear and Diagnosis (Order No. 1290 4778 00)
<1> Steering Fundamentals, Part 1, Steering Mechanism (Order No. 1290 4717 00)
<1> Steering Fundamentals, Part 2, Axle Geometry (Order No. 1290 4718 00)
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 301


Chapter Technical Training
Department Chassis and Active Safety
Title T1298Q • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Drivetrain System Technician
Course Number T1298Q-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant qualifies as a Drivetrain System Technician. Participants receive a


certificate following completion of the qualification program.
Contents
The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins
with the initial test.
Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)
you should book:

> T1298P-AA • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Drivetrain System


Technician • Competency Analysis

> T0101E-AA • Trucks • New Star of Long-Distance Transport • Engine Management


BR 471 • e-Training • Go
> T0754F-AA • Trucks • Engine Management and Exhaust Aftertreatment • OM934,
OM936, OM470, OM471 and OM473 • Run
> T1221F-AA • Trucks • Transmission • Shifting systems • Run
> T1254F-AA • Trucks • Parameterizable Special Module • Basic Parameterizations •
Run

> T1296E-AA • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Drivetrain System


Technician • Final Test • Go

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Mandatory prerequisite T1267E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System Competence
for System Technicians • Final Test • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Method Theorie 100%

Duration 8,5 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 302


Chapter Technical Training
Department Chassis and Active Safety
Title T1042F • Trucks • Chassis Systems • Steering Systems and Chassis Level Control
System (CLCS) • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) •
Run
Course Number T1042F-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can perform test, adjustment and repair work using current diagnosis
systems and workshop information systems independently and efficiently.
Contents Design and function of
> Steering systems
- Additional steering axle (ASA)
- Dual-circuit steering system
- Chassis Level Control System (CLCS)
> Practical work on the chassis systems
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 303


Chapter Technical Training
Department Chassis and Active Safety
Title T0152F • Trucks • Chassis Systems • ASA (Additional Steering Axle) and CLCS (Chas-
sis Level Control System) • Actros BR 963 • Run
Course Number T0152F-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can perform test, adjustment and repair work using current diagnosis
systems and workshop information systems independently and efficiently.
Contents > Design and function of the new additional steering axle (ASA)
> Design and functions of the Chassis Level Control System, CLCS
> Practical work on the chassis systems
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 304


Chapter Technical Training
Department Chassis and Active Safety
Title T0151F • Trucks • Air Brake Systems • Go
Course Number T0151F-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design of pneumatic brake systems
> Explain the function of pneumatic brake systems
> Assign components to the function groups using the service literature and understand
their functions
> Perform function tests on brake system components
> Conduct general function tests on brake systems in accordance with legal
requirements
Contents > Design of pneumatic service brake and parking brake systems
> Function of the components for service brakes and parking brakes
> Testing efficiency and function in accordance with legal requirements
> Implementing service literature
> Reading function schematics
> Use of measuring tools and test tools
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note To refresh your knowledge, we recommend completing the CBTs "Air Brake Systems Part
1" (order no. 1290 4316 02) and "Air Brake Systems Part 2" (1290 4317 02).
Duration 3,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 305


Chapter Technical Training
Department Chassis and Active Safety
Title T1043F • Trucks • Brake Systems • Air Brake Systems • Run
Course Number T1043F-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design of pneumatic brake systems
> Explain the function of pneumatic brake systems
> Assign components to the function groups using the service literature and understand
their functions
> Perform function tests on brake system components
> Conduct general function tests on brake systems in accordance with legal
requirements
Contents > Design of pneumatic service brake and parking brake systems
> Function of the components for service brakes and parking brakes
> Testing efficiency and function in accordance with legal requirements
> Using the service literature
> Reading function schematics
> Use of measuring tools and test tools
Mandatory prerequisite T1400E • Trucks • Brake Systems • e-Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 60%, Practice40%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 306


Chapter Technical Training
Department Chassis and Active Safety
Title T0150F • Trucks • Telligent® Brake System BS2 • Run
Course Number T0150F-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design of the EAPU
> Explain the functions in the EAPU and understand them
> Check the pressure retainer of the EAPU according to manufacturer specifications
> Describe the integration of the EAPU into vehicle networking
> Perform potential work and diagnoses on the E-APU with Star Diagnosis
> Describe the system design of the Telligent brake system BS2
> Name the individual system components and their tasks
> Explain the special functions in the system design of the Telligent® brake system BS2
> Explain additional functions and special equipment in the BS2
> Perform target-oriented function tests on individual components
> Independently diagnose malfunctions based on case examples with the aid of the
current diagnosis and workshop information systems
Contents > Design and function of:
- Electronic Air-Processing Unit E-APU
- Telligent® Brake System BS2
> Special functions of Telligent® brake system BS2, such as the hill holder
> Testing of system functions and individual system components
> Fault diagnoses
Mandatory prerequisite T0045E • Trucks • Telligent® Brake System BS2 • e-Initial Test • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 45%, Practice55%

Note As a prerequisite for this training course, the participant has successfully completed
training course "T0151F • Trucks • Air Brake Systems • Go" or has equivalent
knowledge.
Participants can refresh their knowledge in preparation for the e-Initial Test by working
through the CBTs "Compressed-Air Braking Units – Fundamentals" (order no. 1290 4348
02 ) and "Compressed-Air Brakes - Reading Pneumatic Function Diagrams" (1290 4316
02).
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 307


Chapter Technical Training
Department Chassis and Active Safety
Title T0149F • Trucks • Telligent® level control system (NR) • Run
Course Number T0149F-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:


> Explain the system design of the Telligent® level control system in various vehicle
configurations
> Name the components of the Telligent® level control system and their tasks
> Explain the mode of operation of the Telligent® level control system
> Perform a targeted check of the system components using diagnostic systems
> Calibrate the driving level in acc. with manufacturer specifications
> Explain the special functions of the Telligent® level control system
> Retrofit the compulsory lowering system
> Explain the system design and the operating principles of roll control
> Adjust the parameters in the Telligent® level control system electronics
> Perform a targeted check of individual system components using diagnostic systems
Contents > Design and function of the Telligent® level control system
> System components of the Telligent® level control system
> Special functions of the Telligent® level control system
> Design and function of the roll control (WR)
> Mode of operation of the axle load indicator
> System function testing of the Telligent® level control system and individual system
components
> Calibration of the Telligent® level control system
> Fault diagnoses
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 45%, Practice55%

Note As a prerequisite for this training course, the participant has successfully completed
training course T0151F (Trucks • Air Brake Systems • Go) or has equivalent knowledge.
To refresh your knowledge, you can use the CBT 1290 4316 "Air Brake Systems -
Reading Pneumatic Function Diagrams".
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 308


Chapter Technical Training
Department Chassis and Active Safety
Title T1263F • Trucks • Vehicle Alignment • Actros, Antos Model Series 963, Arocs Model
Series 964, Atego Model Series 967 • Run
Course Number T1263F-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:


> Mechanically/electronically align the frame and chassis of two, three and four-axle
vehicles
> Check and evaluate axle steering parts and tires
Contents > Fundamentals of vehicle alignment
> Mechanical frame alignment
> Electronic wheel alignment check on three and four-axle vehicles
> Checking and adjusting the wheels/axles according to current service literature
> Fault diagnosis and assessment of faults in handling characteristics and tire wear
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Note The participant has successfully completed the CBT program "Fundamentals of Steering
Systems" Part 2 (order no. 1290 4718 ).
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 309


Chapter Technical Training
Department Chassis and Active Safety
Title T0762F • Trucks • Electronic Brake System (EBS) • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego
Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run
Course Number T0762F-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design of the electronic air-processing unit
> Understand and explain the functions in the electronic air-processing unit
> Perform parameterization for ESP4all
> Check the pressure retainer of the electronic air-processing unit according to
manufacturer specifications
> Describe the integration of the electronic air-processing unit in vehicle networking
> Perform potential work and diagnoses on the electronic air-processing unit with
XENTRY Diagnostics
> Describe the system design of the electronic brake system for different vehicle
versions
> Name the individual system components and explain their tasks
> Explain the special functions in the system design of the electronic brake system
> Perform target-oriented function tests on individual components
Contents > Design and function:
- Electronic air-processing unit
- Electronic brake system
- ESP4all
> Special functions of the electronic brake system, such as the hill holder
> Testing of system functions and individual system components
> Fault diagnoses
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 45%, Practice55%

Note As a prerequisite for this training course, the participant will have successfully completed
the training course "T0151F • Trucks • Air Brake Systems • Go" or has equivalent
knowledge.
Participants can refresh their knowledge in preparation for the e-Initial Test by working
through the CBTs "Air Brake Systems – Fundamentals" (order no. 1290 4348 02 ) and
"Air Brake Systems – Reading Pneumatic Function Schematics" (1290 4316 02).
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 310


Chapter Technical Training
Department Chassis and Active Safety
Title T1400E • Trucks • Brake Systems • e-Training • Go
Course Number T1400E-AA

Target group System Technician Driving Stability

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design of pneumatic brake systems
> Explain the function of pneumatic brake systems
> Assign components to the function groups using the service literature and understand
their functions
Contents > Design of pneumatic service brake and parking brake systems
> Function of the components for service brakes and parking brakes
> Reading function schematics
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The participant requires access to the intranet/Internet, as this seminar contains online
content.
Duration 2,0 hours

Stand 08/2016 311


Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems
Title T1156E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Comfort and Safety
System Technician • Initial Test • Go
Course Number T1156E-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence areas
> An individual qualification plan is created for the competence area
> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path
Contents Theoretical test on the topic of comfort and safety

Mandatory prerequisite T1315E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System
Competence for System Technicians • Final Test • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz comfort and safety
System Technicians.
Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 312


Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems
Title T1121F • Passenger Cars • Comfort and Climate Control Systems • C-Class Model
Series 205, GLE Facelift Model Series 166 and GLE Coupe Model Series 292 • Innova-
tions • Run
Course Number T1121F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:


> Explain the design, functions and features of the comfort and climate control systems
> Diagnose the complex comfort, drive authorization and display systems on the current
vehicle model series, and find suitable repair solutions
> Perform structured troubleshooting using XENTRY
> Share experiences during practical exercises and expand his/her knowledge
> Internalize the systematic approach as per diagnosis strategy by completing practical
exercises
Contents > Network architecture with FlexRay and Star 2 Architecture
> Hybrid system
> Energy management, lithium-ion battery
> Comfort functions such as the interior illumination concept, roof systems, air balance
package, HANDS-FREE ACCESS
> LED headlamp systems
> Diagnosis hardware and advanced diagnostic functions, e.g. new Star Diagnosis
hardware XENTRY Kit/Realignment of Star Diagnosis
> Control units and FlexRay bus system
> Advanced handling of Star Diagnosis, XENTRY, and Hermann Measurement Technology
> Diagnosis of customer complaints, generating proper remedial actions, remedying
faults
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 313


Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems
Title T1273E • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Comfort • Diagnosing Telematics and Comfort
Systems • e-Training • Run
Course Number T1273E-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety, System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant:


> Knows why the levels model presents a sound approach
> Knows and can state the four levels
> Is familiar with the exclusion mechanism and can use this procedure in combination
with the levels model
> Is familiar with information sources and can relate them to the levels
> Can reproduce the diagnosis approach using the four-level model for the case of
reception problems on a domestic TV satellite system
> Can create a virtual diagnosis for a central locking case using the levels model
> Can create a virtual diagnosis for the navigation function of an Audio 20 system with
Becker MAP pilot using the levels model
Contents > Four-level diagnosis model
> Systematic troubleshooting:
- Audio/video, navigation, telephony, rear seat entertainment system
- Climate control, active multicontour seats, window lifter, DAS, access authorization
system
> Information sources for troubleshooting:
- WIS, XENTRY TIPS, vehicle manual
> Virtually guided diagnosis using the four-level model for comfort and telematics
systems
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%

Duration 1,0 hours

Stand 08/2016 314


Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems
Title T0092E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans • Air Conditioning Systems • e-Training • Go
Course Number T0092E-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the basic design of a refrigerant circuit and its key components.
Contents > Basic design of vehicle climate control systems
> Components and their functions
> Refrigeration circuit
> Fundamentals of thermodynamics
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note This e-Training is an introductory course to prepare for further training for
certification/qualification to work on air conditioning systems.
Duration 0,9 hours

Stand 08/2016 315


Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems
Title T0819F • Passenger Cars • Air Conditioning Systems and Auxiliary Heaters • Emphasis
on the S-Class (W/V222), A-Class and B-Class (W176, W246) • Run
Course Number T0819F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design and function of the refrigerant circuit on current model series
> Explain the difference between water and air-controlled air conditioning systems
> Describe the design and function of temperature control on the model series W246,
W176, W166, W205 and W222
> Perform proper diagnosis on the model series W246, W176, W166, W205 and W222
> Explain the design and function of the auxiliary heater on the model series W246,
W176, W166, W205 and W222
> Perform proper diagnosis on the auxiliary heater
> Can describe the additional functions of the climate control in hybrid vehicles (pre-
conditioning)
Contents > Cooling technology in retrospect: Describe the proper service process using the air
conditioning service unit
> Differences between water and air-controlled climate control
> Design and function of climate control
> Diagnosis work on the vehicle using XENTRY and the Workshop Information System
(WIS)
> Design and function of the auxiliary heating system
> Diagnosis and testing work on the auxiliary heating system
> Overview of the additional functions of climate control in hybrid vehicles
Optional prerequisite Participants can test and refresh their knowledge using the e-Training "T0092E • Cars,
Trucks, Vans • Air Conditioning Systems • e-Training • Go".
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 316


Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems
Title T0447F • Passenger Cars • Diagnosis of Comfort and Climate Control Systems • Fly
Course Number T0447F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:


> Develop a diagnosis strategy for complex faults based on the Diagnosis Guidelines
(four-level model)
> Produce a targeted diagnosis in cases where fault codes have been stored or not
stored
> Share his/her experience in a small group during practical work and expand his/her
knowledge
> Diagnose the complex comfort, drive authorization and display systems on current
vehicle model series
> Identify appropriate repair solutions
> Internalize the systematic approach of the diagnosis strategy by completing complex
practical exercises
Contents > Diagnosis of complex comfort systems while adhering to diagnostic processes
> Complex practical work and fault diagnoses on two different current vehicle models
> Design and function of the vehicle network
> Advanced handling of Star Diagnosis, DAS and XENTRY, as well as Hermann
Measurement Technology
> Diagnose complex customer complaints, generate the proper remedial actions and
remedy faults
Mandatory prerequisite T1273E • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Comfort • Diagnosing Telematics and Comfort
Systems • e-Training • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 317


Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems
Title T0454F • Passenger Cars, Vans • New Drive Authorization System DAS 4 • Key Pro-
gramming • Run
Course Number T0454F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:


> Independently program the DAS 4 vehicle key
> Block and release the key tracks
Contents > Overall process "Drive Authorization DAS 4" in combination with Xentry
> Handling of theft-relevant parts in accordance with the currently valid guidelines from
Daimler AG
> Operating the DAS 4 software for component programming
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note The participant must have sound knowledge and authorization for Xentry Flash.

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 318


Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems
Title T1124F • Passenger Cars • Comfort and Climate Control Systems • Drive Authorization
Systems • Operation, Diagnosis and Repair • Run
Course Number T1124F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design, function and repair of the specified systems and perform function
checks
> Perform a proper diagnosis with the aid of XENTRY and diagnostic guidelines
> Share his/her experience in a small group during practical work and expand his/her
knowledge
> Internalize the systematic approach as per diagnosis strategy by completing practical
exercises
Contents > DAS 3 and DAS 4 design and system function, theft-relevant parts
> Central locking, KEYLESS-GO
> Display instruments, COMAND display
> Static and dynamic lighting systems, e.g. Intelligent Light System
> Energy management, lithium-ion battery, ECO start/stop function
> On-board electrical system diagnosis with different bus systems, e.g. FlexRay
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note Participants can test and refresh their knowledge using the CBT programs "Safety and
Restraint Systems" Parts 1 and 2 (order no. 1290 4034 and 1290 4039).
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 319


Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems
Title T0239F • Trucks • Heating and Climate Control • Run
Course Number T0239F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design and function of all heating and air conditioning components, as
well as their integration into the on-board electrical system of the current truck series
> Independently and professionally perform a diagnosis after malfunctions have
occurred in the heating and climate control systems
Contents Theoretical knowledge and practical work on the established truck series Actros, Axor2
and Atego2.
> Design and function of the various heating and climate control systems
> Integration into the on-board electrical system of the Actros and Axor2 truck model
series
> Use of literature (function descriptions and wiring diagrams)
> Practical examples for diagnosis and troubleshooting
Optional prerequisite The participant has worked through e-Training "T0092E • Passenger Cars, Trucks, Vans
• Air Conditioning Systems • e-Training • Go" or has good knowledge of the
refrigeration circuit. The participant has completed training course "T0255F • Passenger
Cars, Trucks, Vans, smart • Certificate of Competence for Air Conditioning Systems
according to EC Regulation 307/2008 • Go" and possesses a certificate of competence
for working on the refrigeration circuit.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Note The participant is proficient in the use of Star Diagnosis, including HMS 990.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 320


Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems
Title T1357E • Trucks • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Comfort and Safety System
Technician • Final Test • Go
Course Number T1357E-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence areas.

Contents This is an online test designed to assess theoretical knowledge in the following fields:
> Climate Control Systems
> Drive Authorization and Locking Systems
Mandatory prerequisite T1055F • Trucks • Drive authorization and locking systems • Actros, Antos, Arocs and
Atego Euro VI (model series 963, 964, 967) • Run
T1068F • Trucks • Climate Control Systems • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI
standard (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Comfort and Passive
Safety System Technicians.
Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 321


Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems
Title T1068F • Trucks • Climate Control Systems • Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI
standard (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run
Course Number T1068F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design and function of all heating and air conditioning components as
well as their integration in the on-board electrical system of the truck series
> Independently and professionally perform a diagnosis after malfunctions have
occurred in the heating and climate control systems
Contents Theoretical knowledge and practical work on the Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego Euro VI
standard truck model series (96x)
> Design and function of the various heating and climate control systems
> Integration in the on-board electrical system of the truck series
> Use of literature (function descriptions and electrical circuit diagrams)
> Practical examples for diagnosis and troubleshooting
Optional prerequisite The participant has worked through the e-Training "T0092E • Cars, Trucks, Vans • Air
Conditioning Systems • e-Training • Go" or has good knowledge of the refrigeration
circuit. The participant has a Certificate of Competence as per the EC Regulation
307/2008 for working on a refrigeration circuit.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 40%, Practice60%

Note The participant is proficient in the use of Star Diagnosis, including HMS 990.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 322


Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems
Title T0243F • Trucks • Drive Authorization and Locking Systems • Actros, Axor • Run
Course Number T0243F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design and function of current truck drive authorization and locking
systems
> Generate proper diagnoses in case of malfunctions and independently perform repair
work on truck locking systems (e.g. control unit replacement)
Contents Theoretical knowledge and practical work on the established truck series Actros, Axor
and Atego.
> Design and system function of:
- Central locking systems
- Comfort locking systems
- Anti-theft alarm systems (ATA)
- Drive authorization systems (WSP)
> New features/modifications in the current Actros BR 96x and Axor2
> Use of literature (function descriptions and wiring diagrams)
> Practical examples and exercises for diagnosis and troubleshooting
Optional prerequisite The participant has completed training course "T0244F • Trucks • On-Board Electrical
Systems, System Networking, Instrumentation • Actros, Axor, Atego • Run" or has
equivalent knowledge. The participant is proficient in the use of Star Diagnosis, including
HMS 990.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note Participants can test and refresh their knowledge using the CBT programs "Principles of
Motor Vehicle Electronics" Parts 1-3 (order no. 1290 4757/ 58/ 59) and "Access and
Drive Authorization Systems" (1290 4340).
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 323


Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems
Title T1055F • Trucks • Drive authorization and locking systems • Actros, Antos, Arocs and
Atego Euro VI (model series 963, 964, 967) • Run
Course Number T1055F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design and function of the drive authorization and locking systems for the
new truck series (96x)
> Generate proper diagnoses in case of malfunctions and independently perform repair
work on truck locking systems (e.g. control unit replacement)
Contents Theoretical knowledge and practical work on the new Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego
Euro VI truck model series (96x)
> Design and system function of:
- Central locking systems
- Comfort locking systems
- Anti-theft alarm systems (ATA)
- Drive authorization systems (immobilizer)
> Use of literature (function descriptions and wiring diagrams)
> Practical examples and exercises for diagnosis and troubleshooting
Optional prerequisite The participant has completed the training course "T1028F • Trucks • On-Board
Electrical Systems, System Networking, Instrumentation • Actros, Antos, Arocs, Atego
Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run" or has equivalent knowledge. The
participant is proficient in the use of Star Diagnosis, including HMS 990.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 50%, Practice50%

Note Participants can test and refresh their knowledge using the CBT programs "Principles of
Motor Vehicle Electronics" Parts 1-3 (order no. 1290 4757/ 58/ 59) and "Access and
Drive Authorization Systems" (1290 4340).
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 324


Chapter Technical Training
Department Comfort/Convenience and Safety Systems
Title T1078F • Trucks • Equipment • Cab, Interior and Exterior • Actros, Antos, Arocs and
Atego Euro VI (Model Series 963, 964, 967) • Run
Course Number T1078F-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety

Objectives The participant can:


> Correctly identify and describe the components of the seat, tilting/sliding roof, door
and restraint systems
> Explain the design and function of the tilting/sliding roof and restraint systems
> Carry out targeted diagnosis, repair and adjustment operations
Contents Theoretical knowledge and practical work on the new Actros, Antos, Arocs and Atego
Euro VI truck model series (96x)
> Grammer seats
> Tilting/sliding roof
> Supplemental restraint systems (SRS)
> Safety information
> Adjustment, diagnosis and repair work on seat, tilting/sliding roof, door and restraint
systems
Optional prerequisite The participant has worked through the CBT program "Seats Parts 1-2" (order no. 1290
4342/ 43).
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Note The duration of the training course may vary from country to country.

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 325


Chapter Technical Training
Department Telecommunications
Title T1157E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Telecommunications
System Technician • Initial Test • Go
Course Number T1157E-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence areas
> An individual qualification plan is created for the competence area
> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path
Contents Theoretical test on the topic of telecommunications

Mandatory prerequisite T1315E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System
Competence for System Technicians • Final Test • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Telecommunications
System Technicians.
Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 326


Chapter Technical Training
Department Telecommunications
Title T1301Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015/2016 • Telecommunica-
tions • Run
Course Number T1301Q-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives Participants qualify as Telecommunications System Technicians. Participants receive a


certificate following completion of the qualification program.
Contents
The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins
with the initial test.
Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)
you should book:

> T1301P-AA • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015/2016 •


Telecommunications • Competency Analysis

> T0455F-AA • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Diagnosis of the NTG 4.5 and Current
Telematics Systems • Fly
> T0822F-AA • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Telecommunications Systems • Go
> T0833E-AA • Passenger Cars • Telecommunications Systems • e-Training • Go
> T1269F-AA • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Operation and Function of Current
Telecommunication Systems • Run
> T1273E-AA • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Comfort • Diagnosing Telematics and
Comfort Systems • e-Training • Run

> T1292E-AA • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015 • Telecommunication


Systems Technician • Final Test • Run

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Mandatory prerequisite T1315E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Cross-System
Competence for System Technicians • Final Test • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%

Duration 6,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 327


Chapter Technical Training
Department Telecommunications
Title T1120F • Passenger Cars • Telematics • C-Class Model Series 205 and S-Class Coupe
Model Series 217 • Innovations • Run
Course Number T1120F-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant can:


> Explain the design, function and features of the NTG 5.0 Star 1, as well as the new
telecommunications accessories
> Systematically evaluate telematics complaints and find suitable repair solutions
> Perform structured troubleshooting using DAS and XENTRY
Contents > Networking and cross-linking of telematics generation NTG 5.0 Star 1 in the C-Class
W205 and S-Class C217
> Programming on COMAND online
> Troubleshooting and diagnosis based on current complaints
> Use of diagnosis tools including Hermann Measurement Technology
> Bluetooth® technology
> Basic and comfort telephony including antennas
> New telecommunications accessories
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 328


Chapter Technical Training
Department Telecommunications
Title T1292E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015 • Telecommunication Sys-
tems Technician • Final Test • Run
Course Number T1292E-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant's knowledge is determined for the field of telecommunication systems.

Contents This is an online test designed to assess the theoretical knowledge in the field of
telecommunication systems.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Telecommunications
System Technicians.
Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 329


Chapter Technical Training
Department Telecommunications
Title T1273E • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Comfort • Diagnosing Telematics and Comfort
Systems • e-Training • Run
Course Number T1273E-AA

Target group System Technician Comfort and Safety, System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant:


> Knows why the levels model presents a sound approach
> Knows and can state the four levels
> Is familiar with the exclusion mechanism and can use this procedure in combination
with the levels model
> Is familiar with information sources and can relate them to the levels
> Can reproduce the diagnosis approach using the four-level model for the case of
reception problems on a domestic TV satellite system
> Can create a virtual diagnosis for a central locking case using the levels model
> Can create a virtual diagnosis for the navigation function of an Audio 20 system with
Becker MAP pilot using the levels model
Contents > Four-level diagnosis model
> Systematic troubleshooting:
- Audio/video, navigation, telephony, rear seat entertainment system
- Climate control, active multicontour seats, window lifter, DAS, access authorization
system
> Information sources for troubleshooting:
- WIS, XENTRY TIPS, vehicle manual
> Virtually guided diagnosis using the four-level model for comfort and telematics
systems
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%

Duration 1,0 hours

Stand 08/2016 330


Chapter Technical Training
Department Telecommunications
Title T0833E • Passenger Cars • Telecommunications Systems • e-Training • Go
Course Number T0833E-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant:


> Can distinguish between the telematics generations NTG 1, NTG 2, NTG 2.5, NTG 3
and NTG 4
> Is familiar with the basic structure of MOST systems
> Is familiar with the basic structure of telematic generations
> Is familiar with the subfunctions and differences between telematics generations
Contents > Function and design of the Mercedes-Benz telecommunication systems NTG 1, NTG 2,
NTG 2.5, NTG 3, NTG 4
> Structure of MOST systems
> Subfunctions and differences between telematics generations
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Duration 4,0 hours

Stand 08/2016 331


Chapter Technical Training
Department Telecommunications
Title T0822F • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Telecommunications Systems • Go
Course Number T0822F-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant can:


> Match the telematics generations to the respective model series
> State basic information on
- - signal transfer
- - antennas
- - navigation in Mercedes-Benz vehicles
- - telephony in Mercedes-Benz vehicles
- - online connections in Mercedes-Benz vehicles
Contents > Telematics generations at a glance
> Signal transmission (basics)
> Antennas (basic antenna technology)
> Telephony (basics)
> Navigation (basics)
> Online functions (basic information on online connections)
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 332


Chapter Technical Training
Department Telecommunications
Title T0455F • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Diagnosis of the NTG 4.5 and Current
Telematics Systems • Fly
Course Number T0455F-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant can:


> Systematically evaluate complex telematics complaints and find suitable repair
solutions
> Perform structured troubleshooting using DAS and XENTRY
> Internalize the systematic approach of the diagnosis strategy by completing practical
exercises
Contents > Networking and cross-linking of telematics generation NTG 4.5 with emphasis on new
model series and on NTG 4.5
> Control and display concept (BAK) in new model series
> Troubleshooting and diagnosis based on current complaints
> Use of the latest diagnostic tools, antenna meter and Hermann Measurement
Technology
> Bluetooth technology
> Basic and comfort telephony including antennas
Mandatory prerequisite T1273E • Passenger Cars • Telematics • Comfort • Diagnosing Telematics and Comfort
Systems • e-Training • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 333


Chapter Technical Training
Department Telecommunications
Title T1024F • Trucks • Telematics • Fly
Course Number T1024F-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the telematics systems in the current truck model series
> Operate telephones, navigation, FleetBoard and the CB radio
> Perform targeted diagnoses on the telematics systems with and without Star
Diagnosis
> Set and program the components
Contents Practical work on the new truck series Arocs and Atego Euro VI
> Operation, design, function and diagnosis of telematics components
> Radio – DAB/DAB+
> Navigation systems
> Telephone and cell phone installation
> Multimedia applications
> FleetBoard system and FleetBoard workshop applications
> CB two-way radio systems
> Practical application of on-board and off-board diagnosis in telematics systems
Optional prerequisite The participant has completed the advanced training course "T1017F • Trucks, Vans •
Telematics • Run" or has good knowledge of telematics. He/she is proficient in the use
of Star Diagnosis, including the HMS 990, and has good knowledge in the fields of
electrical/electronic systems and on-board electrical systems.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 60%, Practice40%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 334


Chapter Technical Training
Department Telecommunications
Title T1389E • Trucks, Vans • Telematics • e-Training • Go
Course Number T1389E-AA

Target group System Technician Telecommunication

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the fundamentals for signal transmission, radio systems, navigation, and
mobile communication
> Describe the interrelation of the various functions in navigation and mobile
communication
> Understand and describe the complex interrelations of networked and non-networked
systems
Contents > Introduction to telematics
> Fundamentals of signal transmission:
- Transmission paths
- Frequency
- Transmitting and receiving with antennas
> GSM network, design, and description
> SMS in telematics
> UMTS and LTE successor technology
> Vehicle navigation components
> Design of the global positioning system (GPS)
> Dynamic destination-oriented vehicle navigation
> Digital audio/video systems such as DAB and DMB
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The participant requires access to the intranet/Internet, as this seminar consists of
online content.
Duration 1,5 hours

Stand 08/2016 335


Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T1161E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • Body Specialists • Initial Test • Go
Course Number T1161E-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence areas.
> An individual qualification plan is created for the competence area.
> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path.
Contents Theoretical test in the area of bodies

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz body specialists.

Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 336


Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T1308Q • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Body Specialist •
Run
Course Number T1308Q-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives Participants qualify as Body Specialists. Participants receive a certificate following


completion of the qualification program.
Contents
The qualification program consists of the following individual training course and begins
with the initial test.
Following the initial test you will receive a recommendation on which training course(s)
you should book:

> T1308P-AA • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016 • Body


Specialist • Competency Analysis

> T0449F-AA • Passenger Cars • Repair and Adjustment Operations for Soft Top
Systems • SL, SLK and E-Class (R231, R172 and A207) • Run
> T0450E-AA • Passenger Cars • Fundamental Knowledge of Soft Top Systems • SL,
SLK and E-Class (R231/R172/A207) • e-Training • Go
> T0451F-AA • Passenger Cars • Diagnosis of Soft Top Systems • Emphasis on the
R231, SLK and E-Class Cabriolet • Fly
> T0458E-AA • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of Body Accident Repair • e-Training •
Go
> T0849F-AA • Passenger Cars • Accident Repair • S-Class (W/V 222,W217) • Fly
> T0851F-AA • Passenger Cars • Interior and Exterior Equipment • S-Class Model
Series W222, W217 • Fly
> T0911F-AA • Passenger Cars • Damage diagnosis • Accident repair • Run

> T1305E-AA • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015/2016 • Body


Specialist • Final Test • Run

As soon as all your qualifications have been verified, you will receive your certificate.

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%

Duration 7,5 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 337


Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T1305E • Passenger Cars • Qualification Program • 2015/2016 • Body Specialist •
Final Test • Run
Course Number T1305E-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence areas.
> An individual training plan is created for the competence area.
> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path.
Contents Final test on the topic of vehicle bodies

Training Depth Run Method Theorie 100%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Mercedes-Benz Body Specialists.

Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 338


Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T1127F • Passenger Cars • Accident Repair • A-, B-, GLA- and CLA-Class (Model Series
176, 246, 167, 117) • Run
Course Number T1127F-AA

Target group Bodywork Technician

Objectives The participant:


> can name the design of the body structure used for model series 176, 246, 167 and
117
> can name the latest processing methods for "ultra high-strength" steels
> can name the most important body repairs
Contents > Use of special tools on the A- and B-Class (model series 176, 246, 167, 117)
> Practically-oriented exercises on various sectional repairs
> Special considerations for coatings, e.g. galvanized panels
> Requirements due to ultra high-strength steels (e.g. Usibor)
Mandatory prerequisite T0458E • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of Body Accident Repair • e-Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 25%, Practice75%

Note The participant must have basic experience in bodywork repair on previous model series
in accordance with MB guidelines.
In addition, basic knowledge regarding MIG soldering, MAG welding, resistance welding
and how to set up the straightening bench is required.
Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 339


Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T0849F • Passenger Cars • Accident Repair • S-Class (W/V 222,W217) • Fly
Course Number T0849F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the design of the aluminum body structure and the repair concept for the S-
Class (W/V222, W217)
> Describe the latest methods for processing aluminum materials
> Perform basic aluminum body repairs such as riveting, bolting, and bonding
> Identify the required safety measures for working on the SRS
Contents > Body and repair concept for the S-Class (W/V 222, W217)
> Use of special tools
> Practically-oriented exercises on various sectional repairs
> Special considerations and new demands for aluminum materials
Mandatory prerequisite T0458E • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of Body Accident Repair • e-Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 340


Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T0458E • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of Body Accident Repair • e-Training • Go
Course Number T0458E-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives The participant


> Can name the design of the body structure used for model series
> Can name the most important body repairs
> Is familiar with the required safety measures for welding work
Contents Fundamental knowledge about body accident repair

Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Duration 1,0 hours

Stand 08/2016 341


Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T0365F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding 1 • Run
Course Number T0365F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives The participant can:


> Assess the hazards associated with MIG welding and take precautionary personal
safety measures
> Name the differences between MIG/MAG welding and the advantages of the pulsed
arc technique
> Set welding equipment to suit the base material, the type of seam and the welding
position
> Join aluminum panels using the different types of seams and in different welding
positions
> Prepare the required learning outcome checks as per DIN EN ISO 9606-2 and assess
his/her level of manual skills in welding aluminum
Contents > Work safety and accident prevention
> MIG/MAG welding, pulsed arc
> Adjustment of welding parameters/effects on the weld
> Pulsed arc
> MIG welding of fillet welds and square butt joint welds in the different welding
positions
> Close training with learning outcome checks to assess the participants' manual skills
and to identify what still needs to be done to prepare for the training course "T0463F •
Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding 2 • Fly"
The training course ends with a learning outcome check to assess the practical skills
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 15%, Practice85%

Note The operation must have a dedicated aluminum workstation according to Mercedes-Benz
specifications!
The participant must bring his or her own complete protective clothing (welding mask,
safety shoes, jacket or overalls), as it will be worn during the practical segment of the
course.

To successfully conclude this training course, the participant must have successfully
completed vocational training as a body specialist and have at least 3 years of
professional experience in accident repairs on Mercedes-Benz passenger cars.

IMPORTANT! The course contents are mandatory requirements for participation in


"T0463F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding 2 • Fly".
The price includes all test fees, and the training course and test material.
Duration 5,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 342


Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T0463F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding 2 • Fly
Course Number T0463F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives The participant can:


> Assess the hazards of MIG welding and take measures to protect his/her health
> Name the differences between MIG/MAG welding and the advantages of the pulsed
arc technique
> Set welding equipment to suit the base material, type of seam and the welding
position
> Work on skills with regard to the weld positions and seam types used in repairs
> Detect possible weld seam faults and respond appropriately
> Verify his/her MIG aluminum welding skills during tests
Contents > Work safety and accident prevention
> MIG/MAG welding, pulsed arc
> Adjustment of welding parameters/effects on the weld
> Preparation for the test in accordance with DIN ISO EN 9606-2
> Preparation for the test on die-cast and chilled-cast components in accordance with
Mercedes-Benz specifications
> Test in accordance with the above-listed standards
> Final qualification in accordance with ISO 9606-2 and Mercedes-Benz standard
(GSP/TPE) for aluminum welding on body structures
Mandatory prerequisite T0365F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding 1 • Run
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Note The participant must bring his or her own complete protective clothing (welding mask,
safety shoes, jacket or overalls), as it will be worn during the practical segment of the
course.
The participant must bring the "QEV 111 AEYEGL TS Weld Specimen Material " pack to
the training course.

The final test is valid for two years if the prescribed work sample 1 (T0513F), the work
sample 2 (T0518F) and the work sample 3 (T0530F) are created with the required quality
every six months.
After two years, further training is required in order to extend the certificate by another
two years.

The training price includes all test fees.


Duration 5,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 343


Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T0513F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 1 • Fly
Course Number T0513F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives Successful 6-month proof of qualification for aluminum welding on Mercedes-Benz


vehicles.
Contents Creation of aluminum welding samples as per ISO 9606-2 and Mercedes-Benz-specific
standards.
Mandatory prerequisite T0463F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding 2 • Fly
X0554F • Passenger Cars • Fly
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Note Participants must bring


<1> Their welder test certificate from training course T0463F
<1> Their own complete protective clothing (welding mask, safety shoes, jacket or
overalls), as it will be worn during the practical segment of the course
<1> Material package "QEV 111 AEYEGL TS weld specimen material" to the work trial

Participants who successfully complete the tests in the training course "Aluminum
Welding 2" will receive a certificate. This certificate is valid for 2 years, as long as the
employee successfully participates in the prescribed training courses "Aluminum Welding
Work Sample 1, 2 and 3 • Fly" every 6 months.

IMPORTANT! These work samples must be created personally in the welding institute in
the presence of qualified examiners/trainers. No other type of creation is permitted.
The training price includes all test fees.
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 344


Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T0518F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 2 • Fly
Course Number T0518F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives Successful 6-month proof of qualification for aluminum welding on Mercedes-Benz


vehicles.
Contents Creation of aluminum welding samples as per ISO 9606-2 and Mercedes-Benz-specific
standards.
Mandatory prerequisite T0513F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 1 • Fly
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Note Participants must bring


<1> Their welder test certificate from training course T0463F
<1> Their own complete protective clothing (welding mask, safety shoes, jacket or
overalls), as it will be worn during the practical segment of the course
<1> Material package "QEV 111 AEYEGL TS weld specimen material" to the work trial

Participants who successfully complete the tests in the training course "Aluminum
Welding 2" will receive a certificate. This certificate is valid for 2 years, as long as the
employee successfully participates in the prescribed training courses "Aluminum Welding
Work Sample 1, 2 and 3 • Fly" every 6 months.

IMPORTANT! These work samples must be created personally in the welding institute in
the presence of qualified examiners/trainers. No other type of creation is permitted.
The training price includes all test fees.
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 345


Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T0530F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 3 • Fly
Course Number T0530F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives Successful 6-month proof of qualification for aluminum welding on Mercedes-Benz


vehicles.
Contents Creation of aluminum welding samples as per ISO 9606-2 and Mercedes-Benz-specific
standards.
Mandatory prerequisite T0518F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 2 • Fly
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Note Participants must bring


<1> Their welder test certificate from training course T0463F
<1> Their own complete protective clothing (welding mask, safety shoes, jacket or
overalls), as it will be worn during the practical segment of the course
<1> Material package "QEV 111 AEYEGL TS weld specimen material" to the work trial

Participants who successfully complete the tests in the training course "Aluminum
Welding 2" will receive a certificate. This certificate is valid for 2 years, as long as the
employee successfully participates in the prescribed training courses "Aluminum Welding
Work Sample 1, 2 and 3 • Fly" every 6 months.

IMPORTANT! These work samples must be created personally in the welding institute in
the presence of qualified examiners/trainers. No other type of creation is permitted.
The training price includes all test fees.
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 346


Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T0854F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 4 • Fly
Course Number T0854F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives Successful 6-month proof of qualification for aluminum welding on Mercedes-Benz


vehicles.
Contents Creation of aluminum welding samples as per ISO 9606-2 and Mercedes-Benz-specific
standards.
Mandatory prerequisite T0846F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Further Training 1 • Fly
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Note The participant must bring


- his/her welding test certificate from training course T0846F
- his/her complete protective clothing (welding mask, safety shoes, jacket or overalls), as
it needs to be worn during the practical part of the course
- a materials package "QEV 111 AEYEGL TS Weld Specimen Material" for creating a work
sample

On successful completion of the tests in the "Aluminum Welding Further Training"


course, the participant will receive a certificate. This certificate is valid for 2 years, as
long as the employee successfully participates in the prescribed training courses
"Aluminum Welding Work Sample 4, 5 and 6 • Fly" every 6 months.

IMPORTANT! These work samples must be created personally in the welding institute in
the presence of qualified examiners/trainers. No other type of creation is permitted.
The training price includes all test fees.
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 347


Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T0906F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 5 • Fly
Course Number T0906F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives Successful proof of qualification for aluminum welding on Mercedes-Benz vehicles every
6 months.
Contents Creation of aluminum welding samples as per ISO 9606-2 and Mercedes-Benz-specific
standards.
Mandatory prerequisite T0854F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 4 • Fly
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Note The participant must


- bring his or her "Welder Test Certificate" from the training course T0846F
- bring his or her own complete protective clothing (welding mask, safety shoes, jacket or
overalls), as it will be worn during the practical part of the course
- must bring a material package "QEV 111 AEYEGL TS Welding Sample Material" to the
work sample session

Employees who successfully complete the tests in the training course "Aluminum
Welding Further Training" will receive a certificate. This certificate is valid for 2 years, as
long as the employee successfully participates in the prescribed training courses
"Aluminum Welding Work Sample 4, 5 and 6 • Fly" every 6 months.

IMPORTANT! These work samples must be personally created in the welding institute in
the presence of qualified examiners/trainers. No other type of creation is permitted.
The training price includes all test fees.
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 348


Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T0909F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 6 • Fly
Course Number T0909F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives Successful 6-month proof of qualification for aluminum welding on Mercedes-Benz


vehicles.
Contents Creation of aluminum welding samples as per ISO 9606-2 and Mercedes-Benz-specific
standards.
Mandatory prerequisite T0906F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 5 • Fly
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Note The participant must


- bring his or her "Welder Test Certificate" from the training course T0846F
- must bring his or her own complete protective clothing (welding mask, safety shoes,
jacket or overalls), as it will be worn during the practical part of the course
- bring the "QEV 111 AEYEGL TS Weld Specimen Material" to the work trial.

Employees who successfully complete the tests in the training course "Aluminum
Welding Further Training" will receive a certificate. This certificate is valid for two years,
as long as the employee successfully participates in the prescribed training courses
"Aluminum Welding Work Sample 4, 5 and 6 • Fly" every six months.

IMPORTANT! These work samples must be personally created in the welding institute in
the presence of qualified examiners/trainers. No other type of creation is permitted.
The training price includes all test fees.
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 349


Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T0846F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Further Training 1 • Fly
Course Number T0846F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives The participant can:


> Assess the hazards of MIG welding and take measures to protect his/her health
> Name the differences between MIG/MAG welding and the advantages of the pulsed
arc technique
> Set welding equipment to suit the base material, type of seam and the welding
position
> Work on skills with regard to the weld positions and seam types used in repairs
> Detect possible weld seam faults and respond appropriately
> Verify his/her MIG aluminum welding skills during tests
Contents > Work safety and accident prevention
> MIG/MAG welding, pulsed arc
> Adjustment of welding parameters/effects on the weld
> Repetition of the test in accordance with DIN ISO EN 9606-2
> Preparation for the test on die-cast and chilled-cast components in accordance with
Mercedes-Benz specifications
> Test in accordance with the above-listed standards
> Repetition of the final qualification in accordance with ISO 9606-2 and Mercedes-Benz
standard (GSP/TPE) for aluminum welding on body structures
Mandatory prerequisite T0530F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 3 • Fly
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Note The participant must


- bring his/her "Welder Test Certificate" from the training course T0463F
- must bring his/her own complete protective clothing (welding mask, safety shoes,
jacket or overalls), as it will be worn during the practical segment of the course
- bring the "QEV 111 AEYEGL TS Weld Specimen Material" to the work trial.

Employees who successfully complete the tests in the training course "Aluminum
Welding Further Training" will receive a certificate. This certificate is valid for 2 years, as
long as the employee successfully participates in the prescribed training courses
"Aluminum Welding Work Sample 4, 5 and 6 • Fly" every 6 months.

The training price includes all test fees.


Duration 3,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 350


Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T1345F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Further Training 2 • Fly
Course Number T1345F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist, Bodywork Technician

Objectives The participant can:


> Assess the hazards of MIG welding and take measures to protect his/her health
> Name the differences between MIG/MAG welding and the advantages of the pulsed
arc technique
> Set welding equipment to suit the base material, type of seam and the welding
position
> Work on skills with regard to the weld positions and seam types used in repairs
> Detect possible weld seam faults and respond appropriately
> Verify his/her MIG aluminum welding skills during tests
Contents > Work safety and accident prevention
> MIG/MAG welding, pulsed arc
> Adjustment of welding parameters/effects on the weld
> Repetition of the test in accordance with DIN ISO EN 9606-2
> Preparation for the test on die-cast and chilled-cast components in accordance with
Mercedes-Benz specifications
> Test in accordance with the above-listed standards
> Repetition of the final qualification in accordance with ISO 9606-2 and Mercedes-Benz
standard (GSP/TPE) for aluminum welding on body structures
Mandatory prerequisite T0909F • Passenger Cars • Aluminum Welding • Work Sample 6 • Fly
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 10%, Practice90%

Note The participant must


- bring his/her "Welder Test Certificate" from the training course T0846F
- must bring his/her own complete protective clothing (welding mask, safety shoes,
jacket or overalls) to be worn during the practical part of the course
- bring the "QEV 111 AEYEGL TS Weld Specimen Material" to the work trial

Employees who successfully complete the tests in the training course "Aluminum
Welding Further Training" will receive a certificate. This certificate is valid for 2 years, as
long as the employee successfully participates in the prescribed training courses
"Aluminum Welding Work Sample 7, 8 and 9 • Fly" every six months.

The training price includes all test fees.


Duration 3,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 351


Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T1104F • Passenger Cars • Equipment • Interior and Exterior Equipment in the A-, B-,
GLA- and CLA-Class (Model Series 176, 246, 167, 117) • Run
Course Number T1104F-AA

Target group Bodywork Technician

Objectives The participant:


> Can state the main equipment features and special considerations for the A-, B-, GLA-
and CLA-Class
> Can perform the most important removal and installation work on the interior and
exterior
Contents > Use of special tools on the A-, B-, GLA- and CLA-Class (model series 176, 246, 167,
117)
> Practical exercises on various removal and installation operations on the interior and
exterior
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 25%, Practice75%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 352


Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T0851F • Passenger Cars • Interior and Exterior Equipment • S-Class Model Series
W222, W217 • Fly
Course Number T0851F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives The participant:


> Can describe the design of the aluminum body structure of the S-Class (W/V 222,
W217)
> Can name the main equipment features and special considerations
> Can perform the most important removal and installation work on the interior and
exterior
> Is familiar with the work procedures and safety measures for roof systems
> Is familiar with body-specific adjustment operations
Contents > Use of special tools on the S-Class (W/V 222, W217)
> Practical exercises on various removal and installation operations on the interior and
exterior
> Body-related calibration and adjustment operations
> Roof systems – information and safety precautions for removal and installation
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 353


Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T0911F • Passenger Cars • Damage diagnosis • Accident repair • Run
Course Number T0911F-AA

Target group Bodywork Specialist

Objectives The participant can:


> Correctly analyze and select the appropriate repair process
> Search for information in a targeted manner using the available systems in the
Internet, Mercedes-Benz publications, and Mercedes-Benz repair guidelines
> Name the processes and methods for the entire reception and damage registration
process
Contents > Detailed accident damage diagnosis
> Detailed repair planning based on the workshop order
> Implementation and documentation of repair works including quality assurance
> Knowledge on the manner in which active/passive safety systems function - relevance
for accident repair
> Security-relevant accident repair
> Possible diagnoses of noises, leaks, body shell complaints
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 25%, Practice75%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 354


Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T1000F • Passenger Cars • Joining Technology • Run
Course Number T1000F-AA

Target group Bodywork Technician

Objectives The participant can


> Describe the advantages and disadvantages of MIG welding and soldering as well as
aluminium welding
> Describe the determined areas of use for MIG soldering and aluminium welding on the
vehicle
> Name the filler materials approved for MIG soldering and aluminium welding
> Name the special joint connections and professionally apply the bonding and riveting
joint technologies and create mixed joints
> Name the characteristics of aluminium materials, their properties and name possible
repairs to the R231
Contents > Joining methods currently used in production
> Repair methods currently used in Mercedes-Benz workshops as related to the joining
methods
> Creating connections for testing purposes
> Processing of aluminum materials and their repair in practical examples
> Assessment of various joint connections that underwent destructive testing, especially
adhesive bonding and riveting
> Results of adhesive and riveted joints
Mandatory prerequisite T0458E • Passenger Cars • Fundamentals of Body Accident Repair • e-Training • Go
This training/test has to be booked, before you are authorized to book the main training.
You´ll find a detailed description about the training, using the training code.
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 30%, Practice70%

Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 355


Chapter Technical Training
Department Bodywork
Title T1274F • Vans • Accident Repair and Equipment • V-Class and Vito Model Series 447
• Run
Course Number T1274F-AA

Target group Bodywork Technician, Bodywork Specialist

Objectives The participant can:


> Describe the different Mercedes-Benz guidelines for accident repair on the model
series 447
> Describe the new features/modifications for model series 447 compared to model
series 639
> Name the installation locations of the sensors and the function of the different driving
assistance systems on the model series 447
> Name the adjustment operations required on the driving assistance systems of the
model series 447 after a repair is performed
> Name the accident prevention regulations and the work safety specifications to be
complied with by the manufacturer
> Describe the corrosion prevention measures according to the manufacturer
specification on the model series 447
Contents > Mercedes-Benz guidelines for repairing the vehicle model
> New features/modifications in accident repair for model series 447 compared to
model series 639
> Driving assistance systems
> Protective equipment
> Corrosion prevention measures
Optional prerequisite As preparation, we offer the following e-Training courses as an option. T0506E - New
Materials and Joining Technologies Part.1, T0561E - New Materials and Joining
Technologies Part.2, T0562E - New Materials and Joining Technologies Part.3, T0586E -
New Materials and Joining Technologies Part.4
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 20%, Practice80%

Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 356


Chapter Technical Training
Department Paint
Title T1098F • Passenger Cars • Quality Post-Repair Refinishing • Mercedes-Benz-Specific
Topics • Run
Course Number T1098F-AA

Target group Paintwork Specialist

Objectives The participant:


> Can name the approved repair systems for warranty cases
> Can use the available systems to gather specific information on the Internet, in
Mercedes-Benz publications and repair guidelines
> Can describe vehicle-specific work procedures, is familiar with tricks and angles, and
can use the protective equipment
> Can state specific Mercedes-Benz processing specifications and techniques, work
procedures and covering work for products
Contents > Warranty repair systems
> Online systems, Mercedes-Benz publications and repair guidelines
> Work procedure, occupational safety, masking methods
> Mercedes-Benz paintwork structure
> Base materials, substrates, and clear coat types
> Approved repair systems for warranty cases
> Current paint processing specifications and techniques
> Vehicle-specific work procedures
> Mercedes-Benz-specific covering work
Training Depth Run Method Theorie 25%, Practice75%

Note The participant must bring his/her personal user ID and password for the Mercedes-Benz
After-Sales portal (WIS, TIPS, EPC) to the training course.
Duration 1 day (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 357


Chapter Technical Training
Department Paint
Title T0283F • Passenger Cars • Damage Diagnosis for Mercedes-Benz High-Quality Paint
Repair • For Service Advisors • Fly
Course Number T0283F-AA

Target group Service Advisor

Objectives The participant can


> Correctly analyze and select the appropriate paint process
> Name the optimal and minimum equipment recommended by Mercedes-Benz
> Search for information in a targeted manner using the available systems in the
Internet, Mercedes-Benz publications, and Mercedes-Benz repair guidelines
> Name the processes and methods for the entire reception and damage registration
process
> State the fundamentals of successful marketing and present the advantages of
existing Mercedes-Benz marketing packages
Contents > Paint damage diagnosis
> Quality criteria for paint workshops
> Current information
> Repair reception process and damage calculation
> Marketing fundamentals
> New coating materials and processes
Training Depth Fly Method Theorie 60%, Practice40%

Note This training course provides an overview of the optimum processes in a paint shop from
order acceptance to delivery of the finished product.
The participant has knowledge of paintwork, corrosion protection and damage
assessment as described in the workshop manual.
Damage diagnosis case 1 should be available in the workshop.
Duration 2,0 days (per 8 hours)

Stand 08/2016 358


Chapter Technical Training
Department FUSO Canter
Title T1245E • FUSO • Qualification Program • 2015, 2016, 2017 • Fuso Technicians •
Initial Test • Go
Course Number T1245E-AA

Target group FUSO-Technician

Objectives > The participant's knowledge is determined for the competence areas
> An individual training plan is created for the competence area
> The participant and supervisor are informed of the individual qualification path
Contents Theoretical test covering the following subjects:
> Engine 4P10
> Duonic transmission
> Electrical system and electrical networking in the Canter
> Diagnosis strategy
> Vehicle basics
Training Depth Go Method Theorie 100%, Practice0%

Note The test is part of the qualification program for Fuso Technicians.

Duration 0 hours

Stand 08/2016 359

You might also like